VS Code API
VS Code API is a set of JavaScript APIs that you can invoke in your Visual Studio Code extension. This page lists all VS Code APIs available to extension authors.
API namespaces and classes
This listing is compiled from the vscode.d.ts file from the VS Code repository.
authentication
Events
onDidChangeSessions: Event<AuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the authentication sessions of an authentication provider have been added, removed, or changed.
Functions
getAccounts(providerId: string): Thenable<readonly AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation[]>
Get all accounts that the user is logged in to for the specified provider. Use this paired with getSession in order to get an authentication session for a specific account.
Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions to the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.
Note: Getting accounts does not imply that your extension has access to that account or its authentication sessions. You can verify access to the account by calling getSession.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
providerId: string | The id of the provider to use |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<readonly AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation[]> | A thenable that resolves to a readonly array of authentication accounts. |
getSession(providerId: string, scopes: readonly string[], options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {createIfNone: true}): Thenable<AuthenticationSession>
Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.
Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions to the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
providerId: string | The id of the provider to use |
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider |
options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {createIfNone: true} | The AuthenticationGetSessionOptions to use |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession> | A thenable that resolves to an authentication session |
getSession(providerId: string, scopes: readonly string[], options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {forceNewSession: true | AuthenticationForceNewSessionOptions}): Thenable<AuthenticationSession>
Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.
Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions to the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
providerId: string | The id of the provider to use |
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider |
options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {forceNewSession: true | AuthenticationForceNewSessionOptions} | The AuthenticationGetSessionOptions to use |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession> | A thenable that resolves to an authentication session |
getSession(providerId: string, scopes: readonly string[], options?: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions): Thenable<AuthenticationSession | undefined>
Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.
Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions to the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
providerId: string | The id of the provider to use |
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider |
options?: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions | The AuthenticationGetSessionOptions to use |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to an authentication session if available, or undefined if there are no sessions |
registerAuthenticationProvider(id: string, label: string, provider: AuthenticationProvider, options?: AuthenticationProviderOptions): Disposable
Register an authentication provider.
There can only be one provider per id and an error is being thrown when an id has already been used by another provider. Ids are case-sensitive.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The unique identifier of the provider. |
label: string | The human-readable name of the provider. |
provider: AuthenticationProvider | The authentication provider provider. |
options?: AuthenticationProviderOptions | Additional options for the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
chat
Namespace for chat functionality. Users interact with chat participants by sending messages to them in the chat view. Chat participants can respond with markdown or other types of content via the ChatResponseStream.
Functions
createChatParticipant(id: string, handler: ChatRequestHandler): ChatParticipant
Create a new chat participant instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | A unique identifier for the participant. |
handler: ChatRequestHandler | A request handler for the participant. |
Returns | Description |
ChatParticipant | A new chat participant |
commands
Namespace for dealing with commands. In short, a command is a function with a unique identifier. The function is sometimes also called command handler.
Commands can be added to the editor using the registerCommand and registerTextEditorCommand functions. Commands can be executed manually or from a UI gesture. Those are:
- palette - Use the
commands
-section inpackage.json
to make a command show in the command palette. - keybinding - Use the
keybindings
-section inpackage.json
to enable keybindings for your extension.
Commands from other extensions and from the editor itself are accessible to an extension. However, when invoking an editor command not all argument types are supported.
This is a sample that registers a command handler and adds an entry for that command to the palette. First
register a command handler with the identifier extension.sayHello
.
commands.registerCommand('extension.sayHello', () => {
window.showInformationMessage('Hello World!');
});
Second, bind the command identifier to a title under which it will show in the palette (package.json
).
{
"contributes": {
"commands": [
{
"command": "extension.sayHello",
"title": "Hello World"
}
]
}
}
Functions
executeCommand<T>(command: string, ...rest: any[]): Thenable<T>
Executes the command denoted by the given command identifier.
- Note 1: When executing an editor command not all types are allowed to
be passed as arguments. Allowed are the primitive types
string
,boolean
,number
,undefined
, andnull
, as well as Position, Range, Uri and Location. - Note 2: There are no restrictions when executing commands that have been contributed by extensions.
getCommands(filterInternal?: boolean): Thenable<string[]>
Retrieve the list of all available commands. Commands starting with an underscore are treated as internal commands.
registerCommand(command: string, callback: (args: any[]) => any, thisArg?: any): Disposable
Registers a command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut, a menu item, an action, or directly.
Registering a command with an existing command identifier twice will cause an error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | A unique identifier for the command. |
callback: (args: any[]) => any | A command handler function. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal. |
registerTextEditorCommand(command: string, callback: (textEditor: TextEditor, edit: TextEditorEdit, args: any[]) => void, thisArg?: any): Disposable
Registers a text editor command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut, a menu item, an action, or directly.
Text editor commands are different from ordinary commands as they only execute when there is an active editor when the command is called. Also, the command handler of an editor command has access to the active editor and to an edit-builder. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the callback executes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | A unique identifier for the command. |
callback: (textEditor: TextEditor, edit: TextEditorEdit, args: any[]) => void | |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal. |
comments
Functions
createCommentController(id: string, label: string): CommentController
Creates a new comment controller instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | An |
label: string | A human-readable string for the comment controller. |
Returns | Description |
CommentController | An instance of comment controller. |
debug
Namespace for debug functionality.
Variables
activeDebugConsole: DebugConsole
The currently active debug console. If no debug session is active, output sent to the debug console is not shown.
activeDebugSession: DebugSession | undefined
The currently active debug session or undefined
. The active debug session is the one
represented by the debug action floating window or the one currently shown in the drop down menu of the debug action floating window.
If no debug session is active, the value is undefined
.
activeStackItem: DebugThread | DebugStackFrame | undefined
The currently focused thread or stack frame, or undefined
if no
thread or stack is focused. A thread can be focused any time there is
an active debug session, while a stack frame can only be focused when
a session is paused and the call stack has been retrieved.
breakpoints: readonly Breakpoint[]
List of breakpoints.
Events
onDidChangeActiveDebugSession: Event<DebugSession | undefined>
An Event which fires when the active debug session
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active debug session changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeActiveStackItem: Event<DebugThread | DebugStackFrame | undefined>
An event which fires when the debug.activeStackItem has changed.
onDidChangeBreakpoints: Event<BreakpointsChangeEvent>
An Event that is emitted when the set of breakpoints is added, removed, or changed.
onDidReceiveDebugSessionCustomEvent: Event<DebugSessionCustomEvent>
An Event which fires when a custom DAP event is received from the debug session.
onDidStartDebugSession: Event<DebugSession>
An Event which fires when a new debug session has been started.
onDidTerminateDebugSession: Event<DebugSession>
An Event which fires when a debug session has terminated.
Functions
addBreakpoints(breakpoints: readonly Breakpoint[]): void
Add breakpoints.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
breakpoints: readonly Breakpoint[] | The breakpoints to add. |
Returns | Description |
void |
asDebugSourceUri(source: DebugProtocolSource, session?: DebugSession): Uri
Converts a "Source" descriptor object received via the Debug Adapter Protocol into a Uri that can be used to load its contents. If the source descriptor is based on a path, a file Uri is returned. If the source descriptor uses a reference number, a specific debug Uri (scheme 'debug') is constructed that requires a corresponding ContentProvider and a running debug session
If the "Source" descriptor has insufficient information for creating the Uri, an error is thrown.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
source: DebugProtocolSource | An object conforming to the Source type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol. |
session?: DebugSession | An optional debug session that will be used when the source descriptor uses a reference number to load the contents from an active debug session. |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A uri that can be used to load the contents of the source. |
registerDebugAdapterDescriptorFactory(debugType: string, factory: DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory): Disposable
Register a debug adapter descriptor factory for a specific debug type. An extension is only allowed to register a DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for the debug type(s) defined by the extension. Otherwise an error is thrown. Registering more than one DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for a debug type results in an error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
debugType: string | The debug type for which the factory is registered. |
factory: DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory | The debug adapter descriptor factory to register. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this factory when being disposed. |
registerDebugAdapterTrackerFactory(debugType: string, factory: DebugAdapterTrackerFactory): Disposable
Register a debug adapter tracker factory for the given debug type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
debugType: string | The debug type for which the factory is registered or '*' for matching all debug types. |
factory: DebugAdapterTrackerFactory | The debug adapter tracker factory to register. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this factory when being disposed. |
registerDebugConfigurationProvider(debugType: string, provider: DebugConfigurationProvider, triggerKind?: DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind): Disposable
Register a debug configuration provider for a specific debug type.
The optional triggerKind can be used to specify when the provideDebugConfigurations
method of the provider is triggered.
Currently two trigger kinds are possible: with the value Initial
(or if no trigger kind argument is given) the provideDebugConfigurations
method is used to provide the initial debug configurations to be copied into a newly created launch.json.
With the trigger kind Dynamic
the provideDebugConfigurations
method is used to dynamically determine debug configurations to be presented to the user (in addition to the static configurations from the launch.json).
Please note that the triggerKind
argument only applies to the provideDebugConfigurations
method: so the resolveDebugConfiguration
methods are not affected at all.
Registering a single provider with resolve methods for different trigger kinds, results in the same resolve methods called multiple times.
More than one provider can be registered for the same type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
debugType: string | The debug type for which the provider is registered. |
provider: DebugConfigurationProvider | The debug configuration provider to register. |
triggerKind?: DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind | The trigger for which the 'provideDebugConfiguration' method of the provider is registered. If |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
removeBreakpoints(breakpoints: readonly Breakpoint[]): void
Remove breakpoints.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
breakpoints: readonly Breakpoint[] | The breakpoints to remove. |
Returns | Description |
void |
startDebugging(folder: WorkspaceFolder, nameOrConfiguration: string | DebugConfiguration, parentSessionOrOptions?: DebugSession | DebugSessionOptions): Thenable<boolean>
Start debugging by using either a named launch or named compound configuration, or by directly passing a DebugConfiguration. The named configurations are looked up in '.vscode/launch.json' found in the given folder. Before debugging starts, all unsaved files are saved and the launch configurations are brought up-to-date. Folder specific variables used in the configuration (e.g. '${workspaceFolder}') are resolved against the given folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder for looking up named configurations and resolving variables or |
nameOrConfiguration: string | DebugConfiguration | Either the name of a debug or compound configuration or a DebugConfiguration object. |
parentSessionOrOptions?: DebugSession | DebugSessionOptions | Debug session options. When passed a parent debug session, assumes options with just this parent session. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A thenable that resolves when debugging could be successfully started. |
stopDebugging(session?: DebugSession): Thenable<void>
Stop the given debug session or stop all debug sessions if session is omitted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
session?: DebugSession | The debug session to stop; if omitted all sessions are stopped. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the session(s) have been stopped. |
env
Namespace describing the environment the editor runs in.
Variables
The hosted location of the application On desktop this is 'desktop' In the web this is the specified embedder i.e. 'github.dev', 'codespaces', or 'web' if the embedder does not provide that information
The application name of the editor, like 'VS Code'.
The application root folder from which the editor is running.
Note that the value is the empty string when running in an environment that has no representation of an application root folder.
clipboard: Clipboard
The system clipboard.
Indicates that this is a fresh install of the application.
true
if within the first day of installation otherwise false
.
Indicates whether the users has telemetry enabled. Can be observed to determine if the extension should send telemetry.
Represents the preferred user-language, like de-CH
, fr
, or en-US
.
logLevel: LogLevel
The current log level of the editor.
A unique identifier for the computer.
remoteName: string | undefined
The name of a remote. Defined by extensions, popular samples are wsl
for the Windows
Subsystem for Linux or ssh-remote
for remotes using a secure shell.
Note that the value is undefined
when there is no remote extension host but that the
value is defined in all extension hosts (local and remote) in case a remote extension host
exists. Use Extension.extensionKind to know if
a specific extension runs remote or not.
A unique identifier for the current session. Changes each time the editor is started.
The detected default shell for the extension host, this is overridden by the
terminal.integrated.defaultProfile
setting for the extension host's platform. Note that in
environments that do not support a shell the value is the empty string.
uiKind: UIKind
The UI kind property indicates from which UI extensions are accessed from. For example, extensions could be accessed from a desktop application or a web browser.
The custom uri scheme the editor registers to in the operating system.
Events
onDidChangeLogLevel: Event<LogLevel>
An Event which fires when the log level of the editor changes.
onDidChangeShell: Event<string>
An Event which fires when the default shell changes. This fires with the new shell path.
onDidChangeTelemetryEnabled: Event<boolean>
An Event which fires when the user enabled or disables telemetry.
true
if the user has enabled telemetry or false
if the user has disabled telemetry.
Functions
asExternalUri(target: Uri): Thenable<Uri>
Resolves a uri to a form that is accessible externally.
http:
or https:
scheme
Resolves an external uri, such as a http:
or https:
link, from where the extension is running to a
uri to the same resource on the client machine.
This is a no-op if the extension is running on the client machine.
If the extension is running remotely, this function automatically establishes a port forwarding tunnel
from the local machine to target
on the remote and returns a local uri to the tunnel. The lifetime of
the port forwarding tunnel is managed by the editor and the tunnel can be closed by the user.
Note that uris passed through openExternal
are automatically resolved and you should not call asExternalUri
on them.
vscode.env.uriScheme
Creates a uri that - if opened in a browser (e.g. via openExternal
) - will result in a registered UriHandler
to trigger.
Extensions should not make any assumptions about the resulting uri and should not alter it in any way. Rather, extensions can e.g. use this uri in an authentication flow, by adding the uri as callback query argument to the server to authenticate to.
Note that if the server decides to add additional query parameters to the uri (e.g. a token or secret), it will appear in the uri that is passed to the UriHandler.
Example of an authentication flow:
vscode.window.registerUriHandler({
handleUri(uri: vscode.Uri): vscode.ProviderResult<void> {
if (uri.path === '/did-authenticate') {
console.log(uri.toString());
}
}
});
const callableUri = await vscode.env.asExternalUri(
vscode.Uri.parse(vscode.env.uriScheme + '://my.extension/did-authenticate')
);
await vscode.env.openExternal(callableUri);
Note that extensions should not cache the result of asExternalUri
as the resolved uri may become invalid due to
a system or user action — for example, in remote cases, a user may close a port forwarding tunnel that was opened by
asExternalUri
.
Any other scheme
Any other scheme will be handled as if the provided URI is a workspace URI. In that case, the method will return a URI which, when handled, will make the editor open the workspace.
createTelemetryLogger(sender: TelemetrySender, options?: TelemetryLoggerOptions): TelemetryLogger
Creates a new telemetry logger.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
sender: TelemetrySender | The telemetry sender that is used by the telemetry logger. |
options?: TelemetryLoggerOptions | Options for the telemetry logger. |
Returns | Description |
TelemetryLogger | A new telemetry logger |
openExternal(target: Uri): Thenable<boolean>
Opens a link externally using the default application. Depending on the used scheme this can be:
- a browser (
http:
,https:
) - a mail client (
mailto:
) - VSCode itself (
vscode:
fromvscode.env.uriScheme
)
Note that showTextDocument is the right way to open a text document inside the editor, not this function.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
target: Uri | The uri that should be opened. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise indicating if open was successful. |
extensions
Namespace for dealing with installed extensions. Extensions are represented by an Extension-interface which enables reflection on them.
Extension writers can provide APIs to other extensions by returning their API public
surface from the activate
-call.
export function activate(context: vscode.ExtensionContext) {
let api = {
sum(a, b) {
return a + b;
},
mul(a, b) {
return a * b;
}
};
// 'export' public api-surface
return api;
}
When depending on the API of another extension add an extensionDependencies
-entry
to package.json
, and use the getExtension-function
and the exports-property, like below:
let mathExt = extensions.getExtension('genius.math');
let importedApi = mathExt.exports;
console.log(importedApi.mul(42, 1));
Variables
all: readonly Extension<any>[]
All extensions currently known to the system.
Events
onDidChange: Event<void>
An event which fires when extensions.all
changes. This can happen when extensions are
installed, uninstalled, enabled or disabled.
Functions
getExtension<T>(extensionId: string): Extension<T> | undefined
Get an extension by its full identifier in the form of: publisher.name
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
extensionId: string | An extension identifier. |
Returns | Description |
Extension<T> | undefined | An extension or |
l10n
Namespace for localization-related functionality in the extension API. To use this properly,
you must have l10n
defined in your extension manifest and have bundle.l10n.
Note: Built-in extensions (for example, Git, TypeScript Language Features, GitHub Authentication)
are excluded from the l10n
property requirement. In other words, they do not need to specify
a l10n
in the extension manifest because their translated strings come from Language Packs.
Variables
The bundle of localized strings that have been loaded for the extension. It's undefined if no bundle has been loaded. The bundle is typically not loaded if there was no bundle found or when we are running with the default language.
uri: Uri | undefined
The URI of the localization bundle that has been loaded for the extension. It's undefined if no bundle has been loaded. The bundle is typically not loaded if there was no bundle found or when we are running with the default language.
Functions
t(message: string, ...args: Array<string | number | boolean>): string
Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified by env.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localized value will be returned (with injected args values for any templated values).
Example
l10n.t('Hello {0}!', 'World');
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to localize. Supports index templating where strings like |
...args: Array<string | number | boolean> | The arguments to be used in the localized string. The index of the argument is used to match the template placeholder in the localized string. |
Returns | Description |
string | localized string with injected arguments. |
t(message: string, args: Record<string, any>): string
Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified by env.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localized value will be returned (with injected args values for any templated values).
Example
l10n.t('Hello {name}', { name: 'Erich' });
t(options: {args: Array<string | number | boolean> | Record<string, any>, comment: string | string[], message: string}): string
Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified by env.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localized value will be returned (with injected args values for any templated values).
languages
Namespace for participating in language-specific editor features, like IntelliSense, code actions, diagnostics etc.
Many programming languages exist and there is huge variety in syntaxes, semantics, and paradigms. Despite that, features like automatic word-completion, code navigation, or code checking have become popular across different tools for different programming languages.
The editor provides an API that makes it simple to provide such common features by having all UI and actions already in place and by allowing you to participate by providing data only. For instance, to contribute a hover all you have to do is provide a function that can be called with a TextDocument and a Position returning hover info. The rest, like tracking the mouse, positioning the hover, keeping the hover stable etc. is taken care of by the editor.
languages.registerHoverProvider('javascript', {
provideHover(document, position, token) {
return new Hover('I am a hover!');
}
});
Registration is done using a document selector which is either a language id, like javascript
or
a more complex filter like { language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }
. Matching a document against such
a selector will result in a score that is used to determine if and how a provider shall be used. When
scores are equal the provider that came last wins. For features that allow full arity, like hover,
the score is only checked to be >0
, for other features, like IntelliSense the
score is used for determining the order in which providers are asked to participate.
Events
onDidChangeDiagnostics: Event<DiagnosticChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the global set of diagnostics changes. This is newly added and removed diagnostics.
Functions
createDiagnosticCollection(name?: string): DiagnosticCollection
Create a diagnostics collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name?: string | The name of the collection. |
Returns | Description |
DiagnosticCollection | A new diagnostic collection. |
createLanguageStatusItem(id: string, selector: DocumentSelector): LanguageStatusItem
Creates a new language status item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The identifier of the item. |
selector: DocumentSelector | The document selector that defines for what editors the item shows. |
Returns | Description |
LanguageStatusItem | A new language status item. |
getDiagnostics(resource: Uri): Diagnostic[]
Get all diagnostics for a given resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
resource: Uri | A resource |
Returns | Description |
Diagnostic[] | An array of diagnostics objects or an empty array. |
getDiagnostics(): Array<[Uri, Diagnostic[]]>
Get all diagnostics.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Array<[Uri, Diagnostic[]]> | An array of uri-diagnostics tuples or an empty array. |
getLanguages(): Thenable<string[]>
Return the identifiers of all known languages.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string[]> | Promise resolving to an array of identifier strings. |
match(selector: DocumentSelector, document: TextDocument): number
Compute the match between a document selector and a document. Values greater than zero mean the selector matches the document.
A match is computed according to these rules:
- When DocumentSelector is an array, compute the match for each contained
DocumentFilter
or language identifier and take the maximum value. - A string will be desugared to become the
language
-part of a DocumentFilter, so"fooLang"
is like{ language: "fooLang" }
. - A DocumentFilter will be matched against the document by comparing its parts with the document. The following rules apply:
- When the
DocumentFilter
is empty ({}
) the result is0
- When
scheme
,language
,pattern
, ornotebook
are defined but one doesn't match, the result is0
- Matching against
*
gives a score of5
, matching via equality or via a glob-pattern gives a score of10
- The result is the maximum value of each match
- When the
Samples:
// default document from disk (file-scheme)
doc.uri; //'file:///my/file.js'
doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
match('javascript', doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript' }, doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript', scheme: 'file' }, doc); // 10;
match('*', doc); // 5
match('fooLang', doc); // 0
match(['fooLang', '*'], doc); // 5
// virtual document, e.g. from git-index
doc.uri; // 'git:/my/file.js'
doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
match('javascript', doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript', scheme: 'git' }, doc); // 10;
match('*', doc); // 5
// notebook cell document
doc.uri; // `vscode-notebook-cell:///my/notebook.ipynb#gl65s2pmha`;
doc.languageId; // 'python'
match({ notebookType: 'jupyter-notebook' }, doc); // 10
match({ notebookType: 'fooNotebook', language: 'python' }, doc); // 0
match({ language: 'python' }, doc); // 10
match({ notebookType: '*' }, doc); // 5
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A document selector. |
document: TextDocument | A text document. |
Returns | Description |
number | A number |
registerCallHierarchyProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CallHierarchyProvider): Disposable
Register a call hierarchy provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CallHierarchyProvider | A call hierarchy provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerCodeActionsProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CodeActionProvider<CodeAction>, metadata?: CodeActionProviderMetadata): Disposable
Register a code action provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CodeActionProvider<CodeAction> | A code action provider. |
metadata?: CodeActionProviderMetadata | Metadata about the kind of code actions the provider provides. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerCodeLensProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CodeLensProvider<CodeLens>): Disposable
Register a code lens provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CodeLensProvider<CodeLens> | A code lens provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerColorProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentColorProvider): Disposable
Register a color provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentColorProvider | A color provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerCompletionItemProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CompletionItemProvider<CompletionItem>, ...triggerCharacters: string[]): Disposable
Register a completion provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and groups of equal score are sequentially asked for completion items. The process stops when one or many providers of a group return a result. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not fail the whole operation.
A completion item provider can be associated with a set of triggerCharacters
. When trigger
characters are being typed, completions are requested but only from providers that registered
the typed character. Because of that trigger characters should be different than word characters,
a common trigger character is .
to trigger member completions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CompletionItemProvider<CompletionItem> | A completion provider. |
...triggerCharacters: string[] | Trigger completion when the user types one of the characters. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDeclarationProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DeclarationProvider): Disposable
Register a declaration provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DeclarationProvider | A declaration provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDefinitionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DefinitionProvider): Disposable
Register a definition provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DefinitionProvider | A definition provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentDropEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentDropEditProvider): Disposable
Registers a new DocumentDropEditProvider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider applies to. |
provider: DocumentDropEditProvider | A drop provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when disposed of. |
registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider): Disposable
Register a formatting provider for a document.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider | A document formatting edit provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentHighlightProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentHighlightProvider): Disposable
Register a document highlight provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
by their score and groups sequentially asked for document highlights.
The process stops when a provider returns a non-falsy
or non-failure
result.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentHighlightProvider | A document highlight provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentLinkProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentLinkProvider<DocumentLink>): Disposable
Register a document link provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentLinkProvider<DocumentLink> | A document link provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider): Disposable
Register a formatting provider for a document range.
Note: A document range provider is also a document formatter which means there is no need to register a document formatter when also registering a range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider | A document range formatting edit provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider, legend: SemanticTokensLegend): Disposable
Register a semantic tokens provider for a document range.
Note: If a document has both a DocumentSemanticTokensProvider
and a DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider
,
the range provider will be invoked only initially, for the time in which the full document provider takes
to resolve the first request. Once the full document provider resolves the first request, the semantic tokens
provided via the range provider will be discarded and from that point forward, only the document provider
will be used.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider | A document range semantic tokens provider. |
legend: SemanticTokensLegend | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentSemanticTokensProvider, legend: SemanticTokensLegend): Disposable
Register a semantic tokens provider for a whole document.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentSemanticTokensProvider | A document semantic tokens provider. |
legend: SemanticTokensLegend | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentSymbolProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentSymbolProvider, metaData?: DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata): Disposable
Register a document symbol provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentSymbolProvider | A document symbol provider. |
metaData?: DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata | metadata about the provider |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerEvaluatableExpressionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: EvaluatableExpressionProvider): Disposable
Register a provider that locates evaluatable expressions in text documents. The editor will evaluate the expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover.
If multiple providers are registered for a language an arbitrary provider will be used.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: EvaluatableExpressionProvider | An evaluatable expression provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerFoldingRangeProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: FoldingRangeProvider): Disposable
Register a folding range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. If multiple folding ranges start at the same position, only the range of the first registered provider is used. If a folding range overlaps with an other range that has a smaller position, it is also ignored.
A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: FoldingRangeProvider | A folding range provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerHoverProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: HoverProvider): Disposable
Register a hover provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: HoverProvider | A hover provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerImplementationProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: ImplementationProvider): Disposable
Register an implementation provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: ImplementationProvider | An implementation provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerInlayHintsProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: InlayHintsProvider<InlayHint>): Disposable
Register a inlay hints provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: InlayHintsProvider<InlayHint> | An inlay hints provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerInlineCompletionItemProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: InlineCompletionItemProvider): Disposable
Registers an inline completion provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: InlineCompletionItemProvider | An inline completion provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerInlineValuesProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: InlineValuesProvider): Disposable
Register a provider that returns data for the debugger's 'inline value' feature. Whenever the generic debugger has stopped in a source file, providers registered for the language of the file are called to return textual data that will be shown in the editor at the end of lines.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: InlineValuesProvider | An inline values provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerLinkedEditingRangeProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: LinkedEditingRangeProvider): Disposable
Register a linked editing range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider that has a result is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: LinkedEditingRangeProvider | A linked editing range provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerOnTypeFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider, firstTriggerCharacter: string, ...moreTriggerCharacter: string[]): Disposable
Register a formatting provider that works on type. The provider is active when the user enables the setting editor.formatOnType
.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider | An on type formatting edit provider. |
firstTriggerCharacter: string | A character on which formatting should be triggered, like |
...moreTriggerCharacter: string[] | More trigger characters. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerReferenceProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: ReferenceProvider): Disposable
Register a reference provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: ReferenceProvider | A reference provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerRenameProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: RenameProvider): Disposable
Register a rename provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and asked in sequence. The first provider producing a result defines the result of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: RenameProvider | A rename provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerSelectionRangeProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SelectionRangeProvider): Disposable
Register a selection range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: SelectionRangeProvider | A selection range provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerSignatureHelpProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider, ...triggerCharacters: string[]): Disposable
Register a signature help provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and called sequentially until a provider returns a valid result.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: SignatureHelpProvider | A signature help provider. |
...triggerCharacters: string[] | Trigger signature help when the user types one of the characters, like |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerSignatureHelpProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider, metadata: SignatureHelpProviderMetadata): Disposable
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: SignatureHelpProvider | A signature help provider. |
metadata: SignatureHelpProviderMetadata | Information about the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerTypeDefinitionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: TypeDefinitionProvider): Disposable
Register a type definition provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: TypeDefinitionProvider | A type definition provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerTypeHierarchyProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: TypeHierarchyProvider): Disposable
Register a type hierarchy provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: TypeHierarchyProvider | A type hierarchy provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerWorkspaceSymbolProvider(provider: WorkspaceSymbolProvider<SymbolInformation>): Disposable
Register a workspace symbol provider.
Multiple providers can be registered. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
provider: WorkspaceSymbolProvider<SymbolInformation> | A workspace symbol provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
setLanguageConfiguration(language: string, configuration: LanguageConfiguration): Disposable
Set a language configuration for a language.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
language: string | A language identifier like |
configuration: LanguageConfiguration | Language configuration. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unsets this configuration. |
setTextDocumentLanguage(document: TextDocument, languageId: string): Thenable<TextDocument>
Set (and change) the language that is associated with the given document.
Note that calling this function will trigger the onDidCloseTextDocument event followed by the onDidOpenTextDocument event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document which language is to be changed |
languageId: string | The new language identifier. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A thenable that resolves with the updated document. |
lm
Namespace for language model related functionality.
Events
onDidChangeChatModels: Event<void>
An event that is fired when the set of available chat models changes.
Functions
selectChatModels(selector?: LanguageModelChatSelector): Thenable<LanguageModelChat[]>
Select chat models by a selector. This can yield multiple or no chat models and extensions must handle these cases, esp. when no chat model exists, gracefully.
const models = await vscode.lm.selectChatModels({ family: 'gpt-3.5-turbo' });
if (models.length > 0) {
const [first] = models;
const response = await first.sendRequest(...)
// ...
} else {
// NO chat models available
}
A selector can be written to broadly match all models of a given vendor or family, or it can narrowly select one model by ID. Keep in mind that the available set of models will change over time, but also that prompts may perform differently in different models.
Note that extensions can hold on to the results returned by this function and use them later. However, when the onDidChangeChatModels-event is fired the list of chat models might have changed and extensions should re-query.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector?: LanguageModelChatSelector | A chat model selector. When omitted all chat models are returned. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<LanguageModelChat[]> | An array of chat models, can be empty! |
notebooks
Namespace for notebooks.
The notebooks functionality is composed of three loosely coupled components:
- NotebookSerializer enable the editor to open, show, and save notebooks
- NotebookController own the execution of notebooks, e.g they create output from code cells.
- NotebookRenderer present notebook output in the editor. They run in a separate context.
Functions
createNotebookController(id: string, notebookType: string, label: string, handler?: (cells: NotebookCell[], notebook: NotebookDocument, controller: NotebookController) => void | Thenable<void>): NotebookController
Creates a new notebook controller.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier of the controller. Must be unique per extension. |
notebookType: string | A notebook type for which this controller is for. |
label: string | The label of the controller. |
handler?: (cells: NotebookCell[], notebook: NotebookDocument, controller: NotebookController) => void | Thenable<void> | The execute-handler of the controller. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookController | A new notebook controller. |
createRendererMessaging(rendererId: string): NotebookRendererMessaging
Creates a new messaging instance used to communicate with a specific renderer.
- Note 1: Extensions can only create renderer that they have defined in their
package.json
-file - Note 2: A renderer only has access to messaging if
requiresMessaging
is set toalways
oroptional
in itsnotebookRenderer
contribution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
rendererId: string | The renderer ID to communicate with |
Returns | Description |
NotebookRendererMessaging | A new notebook renderer messaging object. |
registerNotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider(notebookType: string, provider: NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider): Disposable
Register a cell statusbar item provider for the given notebook type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebookType: string | The notebook type to register for. |
provider: NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider | A cell status bar provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
scm
Namespace for source control mangement.
Variables
inputBox: SourceControlInputBox
The input box for the last source control created by the extension.
- deprecated - Use SourceControl.inputBox instead
Functions
createSourceControl(id: string, label: string, rootUri?: Uri): SourceControl
Creates a new source control instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | An |
label: string | A human-readable string for the source control. E.g.: |
rootUri?: Uri | An optional Uri of the root of the source control. E.g.: |
Returns | Description |
SourceControl | An instance of source control. |
tasks
Namespace for tasks functionality.
Variables
taskExecutions: readonly TaskExecution[]
The currently active task executions or an empty array.
Events
onDidEndTask: Event<TaskEndEvent>
Fires when a task ends.
onDidEndTaskProcess: Event<TaskProcessEndEvent>
Fires when the underlying process has ended. This event will not fire for tasks that don't execute an underlying process.
onDidStartTask: Event<TaskStartEvent>
Fires when a task starts.
onDidStartTaskProcess: Event<TaskProcessStartEvent>
Fires when the underlying process has been started. This event will not fire for tasks that don't execute an underlying process.
Functions
executeTask(task: Task): Thenable<TaskExecution>
Executes a task that is managed by the editor. The returned task execution can be used to terminate the task.
- throws - When running a ShellExecution or a ProcessExecution task in an environment where a new process cannot be started. In such an environment, only CustomExecution tasks can be run.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
task: Task | the task to execute |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TaskExecution> | A thenable that resolves to a task execution. |
fetchTasks(filter?: TaskFilter): Thenable<Task[]>
Fetches all tasks available in the systems. This includes tasks
from tasks.json
files as well as tasks from task providers
contributed through extensions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
filter?: TaskFilter | Optional filter to select tasks of a certain type or version. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Task[]> | A thenable that resolves to an array of tasks. |
registerTaskProvider(type: string, provider: TaskProvider<Task>): Disposable
Register a task provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
type: string | The task kind type this provider is registered for. |
provider: TaskProvider<Task> | A task provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
tests
Namespace for testing functionality. Tests are published by registering TestController instances, then adding TestItems. Controllers may also describe how to run tests by creating one or more TestRunProfile instances.
Functions
createTestController(id: string, label: string): TestController
Creates a new test controller.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier for the controller, must be globally unique. |
label: string | A human-readable label for the controller. |
Returns | Description |
TestController | An instance of the TestController. |
window
Namespace for dealing with the current window of the editor. That is visible and active editors, as well as, UI elements to show messages, selections, and asking for user input.
Variables
activeColorTheme: ColorTheme
The currently active color theme as configured in the settings. The active
theme can be changed via the workbench.colorTheme
setting.
activeNotebookEditor: NotebookEditor | undefined
The currently active notebook editor or undefined
. The active editor is the one
that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed
input most recently.
activeTerminal: Terminal | undefined
The currently active terminal or undefined
. The active terminal is the one that
currently has focus or most recently had focus.
activeTextEditor: TextEditor | undefined
The currently active editor or undefined
. The active editor is the one
that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed
input most recently.
state: WindowState
Represents the current window's state.
tabGroups: TabGroups
Represents the grid widget within the main editor area
terminals: readonly Terminal[]
The currently opened terminals or an empty array.
visibleNotebookEditors: readonly NotebookEditor[]
The currently visible notebook editors or an empty array.
visibleTextEditors: readonly TextEditor[]
The currently visible editors or an empty array.
Events
onDidChangeActiveColorTheme: Event<ColorTheme>
An Event which fires when the active color theme is changed or has changes.
onDidChangeActiveNotebookEditor: Event<NotebookEditor | undefined>
An Event which fires when the active notebook editor
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active editor changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeActiveTerminal: Event<Terminal | undefined>
An Event which fires when the active terminal
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active terminal changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeActiveTextEditor: Event<TextEditor | undefined>
An Event which fires when the active editor
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active editor changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeNotebookEditorSelection: Event<NotebookEditorSelectionChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the notebook editor selections have changed.
onDidChangeNotebookEditorVisibleRanges: Event<NotebookEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the notebook editor visible ranges have changed.
onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration: Event<TerminalShellIntegrationChangeEvent>
Fires when shell integration activates or one of its properties changes in a terminal.
onDidChangeTerminalState: Event<Terminal>
An Event which fires when a terminal's state has changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorOptions: Event<TextEditorOptionsChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the options of an editor have changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorSelection: Event<TextEditorSelectionChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the selection in an editor has changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorViewColumn: Event<TextEditorViewColumnChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the view column of an editor has changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorVisibleRanges: Event<TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the visible ranges of an editor has changed.
onDidChangeVisibleNotebookEditors: Event<readonly NotebookEditor[]>
An Event which fires when the visible notebook editors has changed.
onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors: Event<readonly TextEditor[]>
An Event which fires when the array of visible editors has changed.
onDidChangeWindowState: Event<WindowState>
An Event which fires when the focus or activity state of the current window changes. The value of the event represents whether the window is focused.
onDidCloseTerminal: Event<Terminal>
An Event which fires when a terminal is disposed.
onDidEndTerminalShellExecution: Event<TerminalShellExecutionEndEvent>
This will be fired when a terminal command is ended. This event will fire only when shell integration is activated for the terminal.
onDidOpenTerminal: Event<Terminal>
An Event which fires when a terminal has been created, either through the createTerminal API or commands.
onDidStartTerminalShellExecution: Event<TerminalShellExecutionStartEvent>
This will be fired when a terminal command is started. This event will fire only when shell integration is activated for the terminal.
Functions
createInputBox(): InputBox
Creates a InputBox to let the user enter some text input.
Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showInputBox is easier to use. window.createInputBox should be used when window.showInputBox does not offer the required flexibility.
createOutputChannel(name: string, languageId?: string): OutputChannel
Creates a new output channel with the given name and language id If language id is not provided, then Log is used as default language id.
You can access the visible or active output channel as a text document from visible editors or active editor and use the language id to contribute language features like syntax coloring, code lens etc.,
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI. |
languageId?: string | The identifier of the language associated with the channel. |
Returns | Description |
OutputChannel | A new output channel. |
createOutputChannel(name: string, options: {log: true}): LogOutputChannel
Creates a new log output channel with the given name.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI. |
options: {log: true} | Options for the log output channel. |
Returns | Description |
LogOutputChannel | A new log output channel. |
createQuickPick<T extends QuickPickItem>(): QuickPick<T>
Creates a QuickPick to let the user pick an item from a list of items of type T.
Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showQuickPick is easier to use. window.createQuickPick should be used when window.showQuickPick does not offer the required flexibility.
createStatusBarItem(id: string, alignment?: StatusBarAlignment, priority?: number): StatusBarItem
Creates a status bar item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The identifier of the item. Must be unique within the extension. |
alignment?: StatusBarAlignment | The alignment of the item. |
priority?: number | The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left. |
Returns | Description |
StatusBarItem | A new status bar item. |
createStatusBarItem(alignment?: StatusBarAlignment, priority?: number): StatusBarItem
Creates a status bar item.
See also createStatusBarItem for creating a status bar item with an identifier.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
alignment?: StatusBarAlignment | The alignment of the item. |
priority?: number | The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left. |
Returns | Description |
StatusBarItem | A new status bar item. |
createTerminal(name?: string, shellPath?: string, shellArgs?: string | readonly string[]): Terminal
Creates a Terminal with a backing shell process. The cwd of the terminal will be the workspace directory if it exists.
- throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name?: string | Optional human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI. |
shellPath?: string | Optional path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal. |
shellArgs?: string | readonly string[] | Optional args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows specifying shell args in command-line format. |
Returns | Description |
Terminal | A new Terminal. |
createTerminal(options: TerminalOptions): Terminal
Creates a Terminal with a backing shell process.
- throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: TerminalOptions | A TerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal. |
Returns | Description |
Terminal | A new Terminal. |
createTerminal(options: ExtensionTerminalOptions): Terminal
Creates a Terminal where an extension controls its input and output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: ExtensionTerminalOptions | An ExtensionTerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal. |
Returns | Description |
Terminal | A new Terminal. |
createTextEditorDecorationType(options: DecorationRenderOptions): TextEditorDecorationType
Create a TextEditorDecorationType that can be used to add decorations to text editors.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: DecorationRenderOptions | Rendering options for the decoration type. |
Returns | Description |
TextEditorDecorationType | A new decoration type instance. |
createTreeView<T>(viewId: string, options: TreeViewOptions<T>): TreeView<T>
Create a TreeView for the view contributed using the extension point views
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewId: string | Id of the view contributed using the extension point |
options: TreeViewOptions<T> | Options for creating the TreeView |
Returns | Description |
TreeView<T> | a TreeView. |
createWebviewPanel(viewType: string, title: string, showOptions: ViewColumn | {preserveFocus: boolean, viewColumn: ViewColumn}, options?: WebviewPanelOptions & WebviewOptions): WebviewPanel
Create and show a new webview panel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | Identifies the type of the webview panel. |
title: string | Title of the panel. |
showOptions: ViewColumn | {preserveFocus: boolean, viewColumn: ViewColumn} | Where to show the webview in the editor. If preserveFocus is set, the new webview will not take focus. |
options?: WebviewPanelOptions & WebviewOptions | Settings for the new panel. |
Returns | Description |
WebviewPanel | New webview panel. |
registerCustomEditorProvider(viewType: string, provider: CustomTextEditorProvider | CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<CustomDocument> | CustomEditorProvider<CustomDocument>, options?: {supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument: boolean, webviewOptions: WebviewPanelOptions}): Disposable
Register a provider for custom editors for the viewType
contributed by the customEditors
extension point.
When a custom editor is opened, an onCustomEditor:viewType
activation event is fired. Your extension
must register a CustomTextEditorProvider, CustomReadonlyEditorProvider,
CustomEditorProviderfor viewType
as part of activation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | Unique identifier for the custom editor provider. This should match the |
provider: CustomTextEditorProvider | CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<CustomDocument> | CustomEditorProvider<CustomDocument> | Provider that resolves custom editors. |
options?: {supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument: boolean, webviewOptions: WebviewPanelOptions} | Options for the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerFileDecorationProvider(provider: FileDecorationProvider): Disposable
Register a file decoration provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
provider: FileDecorationProvider | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerTerminalLinkProvider(provider: TerminalLinkProvider<TerminalLink>): Disposable
Register provider that enables the detection and handling of links within the terminal.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
provider: TerminalLinkProvider<TerminalLink> | The provider that provides the terminal links. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerTerminalProfileProvider(id: string, provider: TerminalProfileProvider): Disposable
Registers a provider for a contributed terminal profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The ID of the contributed terminal profile. |
provider: TerminalProfileProvider | The terminal profile provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerTreeDataProvider<T>(viewId: string, treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider<T>): Disposable
Register a TreeDataProvider for the view contributed using the extension point views
.
This will allow you to contribute data to the TreeView and update if the data changes.
Note: To get access to the TreeView and perform operations on it, use createTreeView.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewId: string | Id of the view contributed using the extension point |
treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider<T> | A TreeDataProvider that provides tree data for the view |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the TreeDataProvider. |
registerUriHandler(handler: UriHandler): Disposable
Registers a uri handler capable of handling system-wide uris. In case there are multiple windows open, the topmost window will handle the uri. A uri handler is scoped to the extension it is contributed from; it will only be able to handle uris which are directed to the extension itself. A uri must respect the following rules:
- The uri-scheme must be
vscode.env.uriScheme
; - The uri-authority must be the extension id (e.g.
my.extension
); - The uri-path, -query and -fragment parts are arbitrary.
For example, if the my.extension
extension registers a uri handler, it will only
be allowed to handle uris with the prefix product-name://my.extension
.
An extension can only register a single uri handler in its entire activation lifetime.
- Note: There is an activation event
onUri
that fires when a uri directed for the current extension is about to be handled.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
handler: UriHandler | The uri handler to register for this extension. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the handler. |
registerWebviewPanelSerializer(viewType: string, serializer: WebviewPanelSerializer<unknown>): Disposable
Registers a webview panel serializer.
Extensions that support reviving should have an "onWebviewPanel:viewType"
activation event and
make sure that registerWebviewPanelSerializer
is called during activation.
Only a single serializer may be registered at a time for a given viewType
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | Type of the webview panel that can be serialized. |
serializer: WebviewPanelSerializer<unknown> | Webview serializer. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the serializer. |
registerWebviewViewProvider(viewId: string, provider: WebviewViewProvider, options?: {webviewOptions: {retainContextWhenHidden: boolean}}): Disposable
Register a new provider for webview views.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewId: string | Unique id of the view. This should match the |
provider: WebviewViewProvider | Provider for the webview views. |
options?: {webviewOptions: {retainContextWhenHidden: boolean}} | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
setStatusBarMessage(text: string, hideAfterTimeout: number): Disposable
Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items. |
hideAfterTimeout: number | Timeout in milliseconds after which the message will be disposed. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which hides the status bar message. |
setStatusBarMessage(text: string, hideWhenDone: Thenable<any>): Disposable
Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items. |
hideWhenDone: Thenable<any> | Thenable on which completion (resolve or reject) the message will be disposed. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which hides the status bar message. |
setStatusBarMessage(text: string): Disposable
Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.
Note that status bar messages stack and that they must be disposed when no longer used.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which hides the status bar message. |
showErrorMessage<T extends string>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
showErrorMessage<T extends string>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showErrorMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
showErrorMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showInformationMessage<T extends string>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as clickable buttons.
showInformationMessage<T extends string>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as clickable buttons.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showInformationMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an information message.
See also showInformationMessage
showInformationMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show an information message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showInputBox(options?: InputBoxOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<string | undefined>
Opens an input box to ask the user for input.
The returned value will be undefined
if the input box was canceled (e.g. pressing ESC). Otherwise the
returned value will be the string typed by the user or an empty string if the user did not type
anything but dismissed the input box with OK.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: InputBoxOptions | Configures the behavior of the input box. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string | undefined> | A promise that resolves to a string the user provided or to |
showNotebookDocument(document: NotebookDocument, options?: NotebookDocumentShowOptions): Thenable<NotebookEditor>
Show the given NotebookDocument in a notebook editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: NotebookDocument | A text document to be shown. |
options?: NotebookDocumentShowOptions | Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the notebook editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<NotebookEditor> | A promise that resolves to an notebook editor. |
showOpenDialog(options?: OpenDialogOptions): Thenable<Uri[] | undefined>
Shows a file open dialog to the user which allows to select a file for opening-purposes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: OpenDialogOptions | Options that control the dialog. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uri[] | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected resources or |
showQuickPick(items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]>, options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true}, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<string[] | undefined>
Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]> | An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings. |
options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true} | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string[] | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected items or |
showQuickPick(items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]>, options?: QuickPickOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<string | undefined>
Shows a selection list.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]> | An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings. |
options?: QuickPickOptions | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selection or |
showQuickPick<T extends QuickPickItem>(items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]>, options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true}, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<T[] | undefined>
Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]> | An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items. |
options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true} | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T[] | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected items or |
showQuickPick<T extends QuickPickItem>(items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]>, options?: QuickPickOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<T | undefined>
Shows a selection list.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]> | An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items. |
options?: QuickPickOptions | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected item or |
showSaveDialog(options?: SaveDialogOptions): Thenable<Uri | undefined>
Shows a file save dialog to the user which allows to select a file for saving-purposes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: SaveDialogOptions | Options that control the dialog. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uri | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected resource or |
showTextDocument(document: TextDocument, column?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): Thenable<TextEditor>
Show the given document in a text editor. A column can be provided to control where the editor is being shown. Might change the active editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | A text document to be shown. |
column?: ViewColumn | A view column in which the editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one. |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextEditor> | A promise that resolves to an editor. |
showTextDocument(document: TextDocument, options?: TextDocumentShowOptions): Thenable<TextEditor>
Show the given document in a text editor. Options can be provided to control options of the editor is being shown. Might change the active editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | A text document to be shown. |
options?: TextDocumentShowOptions | Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextEditor> | A promise that resolves to an editor. |
showTextDocument(uri: Uri, options?: TextDocumentShowOptions): Thenable<TextEditor>
A short-hand for openTextDocument(uri).then(document => showTextDocument(document, options))
.
See also workspace.openTextDocument
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
options?: TextDocumentShowOptions | Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextEditor> | A promise that resolves to an editor. |
showWarningMessage<T extends string>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
showWarningMessage<T extends string>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showWarningMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
showWarningMessage<T extends MessageItem>(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable<T | undefined>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showWorkspaceFolderPick(options?: WorkspaceFolderPickOptions): Thenable<WorkspaceFolder | undefined>
Shows a selection list of workspace folders to pick from.
Returns undefined
if no folder is open.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: WorkspaceFolderPickOptions | Configures the behavior of the workspace folder list. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<WorkspaceFolder | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the workspace folder or |
withProgress<R>(options: ProgressOptions, task: (progress: Progress<{increment: number, message: string}>, token: CancellationToken) => Thenable<R>): Thenable<R>
Show progress in the editor. Progress is shown while running the given callback and while the promise it returned isn't resolved nor rejected. The location at which progress should show (and other details) is defined via the passed ProgressOptions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: ProgressOptions | A ProgressOptions-object describing the options to use for showing progress, like its location |
task: (progress: Progress<{increment: number, message: string}>, token: CancellationToken) => Thenable<R> | A callback returning a promise. Progress state can be reported with the provided Progress-object. To report discrete progress, use To monitor if the operation has been cancelled by the user, use the provided CancellationToken.
Note that currently only |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<R> | The thenable the task-callback returned. |
withScmProgress<R>(task: (progress: Progress<number>) => Thenable<R>): Thenable<R>
Show progress in the Source Control viewlet while running the given callback and while its returned promise isn't resolve or rejected.
- deprecated - Use
withProgress
instead.
workspace
Namespace for dealing with the current workspace. A workspace is the collection of one or more folders that are opened in an editor window (instance).
It is also possible to open an editor without a workspace. For example, when you open a new editor window by selecting a file from your platform's File menu, you will not be inside a workspace. In this mode, some of the editor's capabilities are reduced but you can still open text files and edit them.
Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on the concept of workspaces.
The workspace offers support for listening to fs events and for finding files. Both perform well and run outside the editor-process so that they should be always used instead of nodejs-equivalents.
Variables
fs: FileSystem
A file system instance that allows to interact with local and remote
files, e.g. vscode.workspace.fs.readDirectory(someUri)
allows to retrieve all entries
of a directory or vscode.workspace.fs.stat(anotherUri)
returns the meta data for a
file.
When true, the user has explicitly trusted the contents of the workspace.
The name of the workspace. undefined
when no workspace
has been opened.
Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on the concept of workspaces.
notebookDocuments: readonly NotebookDocument[]
All notebook documents currently known to the editor.
The uri of the first entry of workspaceFolders
as string
. undefined
if there is no first entry.
Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on workspaces.
- deprecated - Use workspaceFolders instead.
textDocuments: readonly TextDocument[]
All text documents currently known to the editor.
workspaceFile: Uri | undefined
The location of the workspace file, for example:
file:///Users/name/Development/myProject.code-workspace
or
untitled:1555503116870
for a workspace that is untitled and not yet saved.
Depending on the workspace that is opened, the value will be:
undefined
when no workspace is opened- the path of the workspace file as
Uri
otherwise. if the workspace is untitled, the returned URI will use theuntitled:
scheme
The location can e.g. be used with the vscode.openFolder
command to
open the workspace again after it has been closed.
Example:
vscode.commands.executeCommand('vscode.openFolder', uriOfWorkspace);
Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on the concept of workspaces.
Note: it is not advised to use workspace.workspaceFile
to write
configuration data into the file. You can use workspace.getConfiguration().update()
for that purpose which will work both when a single folder is opened as
well as an untitled or saved workspace.
workspaceFolders: readonly WorkspaceFolder[] | undefined
List of workspace folders (0-N) that are open in the editor. undefined
when no workspace
has been opened.
Refer to https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on workspaces.
Events
onDidChangeConfiguration: Event<ConfigurationChangeEvent>
An event that is emitted when the configuration changed.
onDidChangeNotebookDocument: Event<NotebookDocumentChangeEvent>
An event that is emitted when a notebook has changed.
onDidChangeTextDocument: Event<TextDocumentChangeEvent>
An event that is emitted when a text document is changed. This usually happens when the contents changes but also when other things like the dirty-state changes.
onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders: Event<WorkspaceFoldersChangeEvent>
An event that is emitted when a workspace folder is added or removed.
Note: this event will not fire if the first workspace folder is added, removed or changed,
because in that case the currently executing extensions (including the one that listens to this
event) will be terminated and restarted so that the (deprecated) rootPath
property is updated
to point to the first workspace folder.
onDidCloseNotebookDocument: Event<NotebookDocument>
An event that is emitted when a notebook is disposed.
Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed.
Note 2: A notebook can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can fire for a notebook that has not been shown in an editor.
onDidCloseTextDocument: Event<TextDocument>
An event that is emitted when a text document is disposed or when the language id of a text document has been changed.
Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed, use the onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors-event to know when editors change.
Note 2: A document can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can fire for a document that has not been shown in an editor.
onDidCreateFiles: Event<FileCreateEvent>
An event that is emitted when files have been created.
Note: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
onDidDeleteFiles: Event<FileDeleteEvent>
An event that is emitted when files have been deleted.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.
onDidGrantWorkspaceTrust: Event<void>
Event that fires when the current workspace has been trusted.
onDidOpenNotebookDocument: Event<NotebookDocument>
An event that is emitted when a notebook is opened.
onDidOpenTextDocument: Event<TextDocument>
An event that is emitted when a text document is opened or when the language id of a text document has been changed.
To add an event listener when a visible text document is opened, use the TextEditor events in the window namespace. Note that:
- The event is emitted before the document is updated in the active text editor
- When a text document is already open (e.g.: open in another visible text editor) this event is not emitted
onDidRenameFiles: Event<FileRenameEvent>
An event that is emitted when files have been renamed.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the explorer, and from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.
onDidSaveNotebookDocument: Event<NotebookDocument>
An event that is emitted when a notebook is saved.
onDidSaveTextDocument: Event<TextDocument>
An event that is emitted when a text document is saved to disk.
onWillCreateFiles: Event<FileWillCreateEvent>
An event that is emitted when files are being created.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api. This event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When this event is fired, edits to files that are are being created cannot be applied.
onWillDeleteFiles: Event<FileWillDeleteEvent>
An event that is emitted when files are being deleted.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.
onWillRenameFiles: Event<FileWillRenameEvent>
An event that is emitted when files are being renamed.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the explorer, and from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.
onWillSaveNotebookDocument: Event<NotebookDocumentWillSaveEvent>
An event that is emitted when a notebook document will be saved to disk.
Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.
Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:
- there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
- listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore
The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.
onWillSaveTextDocument: Event<TextDocumentWillSaveEvent>
An event that is emitted when a text document will be saved to disk.
Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.
Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:
- there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
- listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore
The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.
Functions
applyEdit(edit: WorkspaceEdit, metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata): Thenable<boolean>
Make changes to one or many resources or create, delete, and rename resources as defined by the given workspace edit.
All changes of a workspace edit are applied in the same order in which they have been added. If multiple textual inserts are made at the same position, these strings appear in the resulting text in the order the 'inserts' were made, unless that are interleaved with resource edits. Invalid sequences like 'delete file a' -> 'insert text in file a' cause failure of the operation.
When applying a workspace edit that consists only of text edits an 'all-or-nothing'-strategy is used. A workspace edit with resource creations or deletions aborts the operation, e.g. consecutive edits will not be attempted, when a single edit fails.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
edit: WorkspaceEdit | A workspace edit. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata | Optional metadata for the edit. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A thenable that resolves when the edit could be applied. |
asRelativePath(pathOrUri: string | Uri, includeWorkspaceFolder?: boolean): string
Returns a path that is relative to the workspace folder or folders.
When there are no workspace folders or when the path is not contained in them, the input is returned.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
pathOrUri: string | Uri | A path or uri. When a uri is given its fsPath is used. |
includeWorkspaceFolder?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
string | A path relative to the root or the input. |
createFileSystemWatcher(globPattern: GlobPattern, ignoreCreateEvents?: boolean, ignoreChangeEvents?: boolean, ignoreDeleteEvents?: boolean): FileSystemWatcher
Creates a file system watcher that is notified on file events (create, change, delete) depending on the parameters provided.
By default, all opened workspace folders will be watched for file changes recursively.
Additional paths can be added for file watching by providing a RelativePattern with
a base
path to watch. If the path is a folder and the pattern
is complex (e.g. contains
**
or path segments), it will be watched recursively and otherwise will be watched
non-recursively (i.e. only changes to the first level of the path will be reported).
Note that paths must exist in the file system to be watched. File watching may stop when the watched path is renamed or deleted.
If possible, keep the use of recursive watchers to a minimum because recursive file watching is quite resource intense.
Providing a string
as globPattern
acts as convenience method for watching file events in
all opened workspace folders. It cannot be used to add more folders for file watching, nor will
it report any file events from folders that are not part of the opened workspace folders.
Optionally, flags to ignore certain kinds of events can be provided.
To stop listening to events the watcher must be disposed.
Note that file events from recursive file watchers may be excluded based on user configuration.
The setting files.watcherExclude
helps to reduce the overhead of file events from folders
that are known to produce many file changes at once (such as node_modules
folders). As such,
it is highly recommended to watch with simple patterns that do not require recursive watchers
where the exclude settings are ignored and you have full control over the events.
Note that symbolic links are not automatically followed for file watching unless the path to watch itself is a symbolic link.
Note that file changes for the path to be watched may not be delivered when the path itself
changes. For example, when watching a path /Users/somename/Desktop
and the path itself is
being deleted, the watcher may not report an event and may not work anymore from that moment on.
The underlying behaviour depends on the path that is provided for watching:
- if the path is within any of the workspace folders, deletions are tracked and reported unless
excluded via
files.watcherExclude
setting - if the path is equal to any of the workspace folders, deletions are not tracked
- if the path is outside of any of the workspace folders, deletions are not tracked
If you are interested in being notified when the watched path itself is being deleted, you have
to watch it's parent folder. Make sure to use a simple pattern
(such as putting the name of the
folder) to not accidentally watch all sibling folders recursively.
Note that the file paths that are reported for having changed may have a different path casing compared to the actual casing on disk on case-insensitive platforms (typically macOS and Windows but not Linux). We allow a user to open a workspace folder with any desired path casing and try to preserve that. This means:
- if the path is within any of the workspace folders, the path will match the casing of the workspace folder up to that portion of the path and match the casing on disk for children
- if the path is outside of any of the workspace folders, the casing will match the case of the path that was provided for watching In the same way, symbolic links are preserved, i.e. the file event will report the path of the symbolic link as it was provided for watching and not the target.
Examples
The basic anatomy of a file watcher is as follows:
const watcher = vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(<folder>, <pattern>));
watcher.onDidChange(uri => { ... }); // listen to files being changed
watcher.onDidCreate(uri => { ... }); // listen to files/folders being created
watcher.onDidDelete(uri => { ... }); // listen to files/folders getting deleted
watcher.dispose(); // dispose after usage
Workspace file watching
If you only care about file events in a specific workspace folder:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(
new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0], '**/*.js')
);
If you want to monitor file events across all opened workspace folders:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher('**/*.js');
Note: the array of workspace folders can be empty if no workspace is opened (empty window).
Out of workspace file watching
To watch a folder for changes to *.js files outside the workspace (non recursively), pass in a Uri
to such
a folder:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>), '*.js'));
And use a complex glob pattern to watch recursively:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>), '**/*.js'));
Here is an example for watching the active editor for file changes:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(
new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.window.activeTextEditor.document.uri, '*')
);
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
globPattern: GlobPattern | A glob pattern that controls which file events the watcher should report. |
ignoreCreateEvents?: boolean | Ignore when files have been created. |
ignoreChangeEvents?: boolean | Ignore when files have been changed. |
ignoreDeleteEvents?: boolean | Ignore when files have been deleted. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemWatcher | A new file system watcher instance. Must be disposed when no longer needed. |
findFiles(include: GlobPattern, exclude?: GlobPattern, maxResults?: number, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<Uri[]>
Find files across all workspace folders in the workspace.
Example
findFiles('**/*.js', '**/node_modules/**', 10);
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
include: GlobPattern | A glob pattern that defines the files to search for. The glob pattern will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. Use a relative pattern to restrict the search results to a workspace folder. |
exclude?: GlobPattern | A glob pattern that defines files and folders to exclude. The glob pattern
will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. When |
maxResults?: number | An upper-bound for the result. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation to the underlying search engine. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uri[]> | A thenable that resolves to an array of resource identifiers. Will return no results if no workspace folders are opened. |
getConfiguration(section?: string, scope?: ConfigurationScope): WorkspaceConfiguration
Get a workspace configuration object.
When a section-identifier is provided only that part of the configuration
is returned. Dots in the section-identifier are interpreted as child-access,
like { myExt: { setting: { doIt: true }}}
and getConfiguration('myExt.setting').get('doIt') === true
.
When a scope is provided configuration confined to that scope is returned. Scope can be a resource or a language identifier or both.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section?: string | A dot-separated identifier. |
scope?: ConfigurationScope | A scope for which the configuration is asked for. |
Returns | Description |
WorkspaceConfiguration | The full configuration or a subset. |
getWorkspaceFolder(uri: Uri): WorkspaceFolder | undefined
Returns the workspace folder that contains a given uri.
- returns
undefined
when the given uri doesn't match any workspace folder - returns the input when the given uri is a workspace folder itself
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | An uri. |
Returns | Description |
WorkspaceFolder | undefined | A workspace folder or |
openNotebookDocument(uri: Uri): Thenable<NotebookDocument>
Open a notebook. Will return early if this notebook is already loaded. Otherwise the notebook is loaded and the onDidOpenNotebookDocument-event fires.
Note that the lifecycle of the returned notebook is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an onDidCloseNotebookDocument-event can occur at any time after.
Note that opening a notebook does not show a notebook editor. This function only returns a notebook document which can be shown in a notebook editor but it can also be used for other things.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The resource to open. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<NotebookDocument> | A promise that resolves to a notebook |
openNotebookDocument(notebookType: string, content?: NotebookData): Thenable<NotebookDocument>
Open an untitled notebook. The editor will prompt the user for a file path when the document is to be saved.
See also workspace.openNotebookDocument
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebookType: string | The notebook type that should be used. |
content?: NotebookData | The initial contents of the notebook. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<NotebookDocument> | A promise that resolves to a notebook. |
openTextDocument(uri: Uri): Thenable<TextDocument>
Opens a document. Will return early if this document is already open. Otherwise the document is loaded and the didOpen-event fires.
The document is denoted by an Uri. Depending on the scheme the following rules apply:
file
-scheme: Open a file on disk (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path))
). Will be rejected if the file does not exist or cannot be loaded.untitled
-scheme: Open a blank untitled file with associated path (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path).with({ scheme: 'untitled' }))
). The language will be derived from the file name.- For all other schemes contributed text document content providers and file system providers are consulted.
Note that the lifecycle of the returned document is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an onDidClose-event can occur at any time after opening it.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Identifies the resource to open. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A promise that resolves to a document. |
openTextDocument(path: string): Thenable<TextDocument>
A short-hand for openTextDocument(Uri.file(path))
.
See also workspace.openTextDocument
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
path: string | A path of a file on disk. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A promise that resolves to a document. |
openTextDocument(options?: {content: string, language: string}): Thenable<TextDocument>
Opens an untitled text document. The editor will prompt the user for a file
path when the document is to be saved. The options
parameter allows to
specify the language and/or the content of the document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: {content: string, language: string} | Options to control how the document will be created. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A promise that resolves to a document. |
registerFileSystemProvider(scheme: string, provider: FileSystemProvider, options?: {isCaseSensitive: boolean, isReadonly: boolean | MarkdownString}): Disposable
Register a filesystem provider for a given scheme, e.g. ftp
.
There can only be one provider per scheme and an error is being thrown when a scheme has been claimed by another provider or when it is reserved.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scheme: string | The uri-scheme the provider registers for. |
provider: FileSystemProvider | The filesystem provider. |
options?: {isCaseSensitive: boolean, isReadonly: boolean | MarkdownString} | Immutable metadata about the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerNotebookSerializer(notebookType: string, serializer: NotebookSerializer, options?: NotebookDocumentContentOptions): Disposable
Register a notebook serializer.
A notebook serializer must be contributed through the notebooks
extension point. When opening a notebook file, the editor will send
the onNotebook:<notebookType>
activation event, and extensions must register their serializer in return.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebookType: string | A notebook. |
serializer: NotebookSerializer | A notebook serializer. |
options?: NotebookDocumentContentOptions | Optional context options that define what parts of a notebook should be persisted |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this serializer when being disposed. |
registerTaskProvider(type: string, provider: TaskProvider<Task>): Disposable
Register a task provider.
- deprecated - Use the corresponding function on the
tasks
namespace instead
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
type: string | The task kind type this provider is registered for. |
provider: TaskProvider<Task> | A task provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerTextDocumentContentProvider(scheme: string, provider: TextDocumentContentProvider): Disposable
Register a text document content provider.
Only one provider can be registered per scheme.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scheme: string | The uri-scheme to register for. |
provider: TextDocumentContentProvider | A content provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
save(uri: Uri): Thenable<Uri | undefined>
Saves the editor identified by the given resource and returns the resulting resource or undefined
if save was not successful or no editor with the given resource was found.
Note that an editor with the provided resource must be opened in order to be saved.
saveAll(includeUntitled?: boolean): Thenable<boolean>
Save all dirty files.
saveAs(uri: Uri): Thenable<Uri | undefined>
Saves the editor identified by the given resource to a new file name as provided by the user and
returns the resulting resource or undefined
if save was not successful or cancelled or no editor
with the given resource was found.
Note that an editor with the provided resource must be opened in order to be saved as.
updateWorkspaceFolders(start: number, deleteCount: number, ...workspaceFoldersToAdd: Array<{name: string, uri: Uri}>): boolean
This method replaces deleteCount
workspace folders starting at index start
by an optional set of workspaceFoldersToAdd
on the vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders
array. This "splice"
behavior can be used to add, remove and change workspace folders in a single operation.
Note: in some cases calling this method may result in the currently executing extensions (including the
one that called this method) to be terminated and restarted. For example when the first workspace folder is
added, removed or changed the (deprecated) rootPath
property is updated to point to the first workspace
folder. Another case is when transitioning from an empty or single-folder workspace into a multi-folder
workspace (see also: https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/workspaces).
Use the onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() event to get notified when the workspace folders have been updated.
Example: adding a new workspace folder at the end of workspace folders
workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(workspace.workspaceFolders ? workspace.workspaceFolders.length : 0, null, { uri: ...});
Example: removing the first workspace folder
workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1);
Example: replacing an existing workspace folder with a new one
workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1, { uri: ...});
It is valid to remove an existing workspace folder and add it again with a different name to rename that folder.
Note: it is not valid to call updateWorkspaceFolders() multiple times without waiting for the onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() to fire.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | the zero-based location in the list of currently opened workspace folders from which to start deleting workspace folders. |
deleteCount: number | the optional number of workspace folders to remove. |
...workspaceFoldersToAdd: Array<{name: string, uri: Uri}> | the optional variable set of workspace folders to add in place of the deleted ones. Each workspace is identified with a mandatory URI and an optional name. |
Returns | Description |
boolean | true if the operation was successfully started and false otherwise if arguments were used that would result in invalid workspace folder state (e.g. 2 folders with the same URI). |
AccessibilityInformation
Accessibility information which controls screen reader behavior.
Properties
Label to be read out by a screen reader once the item has focus.
Role of the widget which defines how a screen reader interacts with it. The role should be set in special cases when for example a tree-like element behaves like a checkbox. If role is not specified the editor will pick the appropriate role automatically. More about aria roles can be found here https://w3c.github.io/aria/#widget_roles
AuthenticationForceNewSessionOptions
Optional options to be used when calling authentication.getSession with the flag forceNewSession
.
Properties
An optional message that will be displayed to the user when we ask to re-authenticate. Providing additional context as to why you are asking a user to re-authenticate can help increase the odds that they will accept.
AuthenticationGetSessionOptions
Options to be used when getting an AuthenticationSession from an AuthenticationProvider.
Properties
account?: AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation
The account that you would like to get a session for. This is passed down to the Authentication Provider to be used for creating the correct session.
clearSessionPreference?: boolean
Whether the existing session preference should be cleared.
For authentication providers that support being signed into multiple accounts at once, the user will be prompted to select an account to use when getSession is called. This preference is remembered until getSession is called with this flag.
Note: The preference is extension specific. So if one extension calls getSession, it will not affect the session preference for another extension calling getSession. Additionally, the preference is set for the current workspace and also globally. This means that new workspaces will use the "global" value at first and then when this flag is provided, a new value can be set for that workspace. This also means that pre-existing workspaces will not lose their preference if a new workspace sets this flag.
Defaults to false.
Whether login should be performed if there is no matching session.
If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in. If false, a numbered badge will be shown on the accounts activity bar icon. An entry for the extension will be added under the menu to sign in. This allows quietly prompting the user to sign in.
If there is a matching session but the extension has not been granted access to it, setting this to true will also result in an immediate modal dialog, and false will add a numbered badge to the accounts icon.
Defaults to false.
Note: you cannot use this option with silent.
forceNewSession?: boolean | AuthenticationForceNewSessionOptions
Whether we should attempt to reauthenticate even if there is already a session available.
If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in again. This is mostly used for scenarios where the token needs to be re minted because it has lost some authorization.
If there are no existing sessions and forceNewSession is true, it will behave identically to createIfNone.
This defaults to false.
Whether we should show the indication to sign in in the Accounts menu.
If false, the user will be shown a badge on the Accounts menu with an option to sign in for the extension. If true, no indication will be shown.
Defaults to false.
Note: you cannot use this option with any other options that prompt the user like createIfNone.
AuthenticationProvider
A provider for performing authentication to a service.
Events
onDidChangeSessions: Event<AuthenticationProviderAuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent>
An Event which fires when the array of sessions has changed, or data within a session has changed.
Methods
createSession(scopes: readonly string[], options: AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions): Thenable<AuthenticationSession>
Prompts a user to login.
If login is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.
If login fails, a rejected promise should be returned.
If the provider has specified that it does not support multiple accounts, then this should never be called if there is already an existing session matching these scopes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes, permissions, that the new session should be created with. |
options: AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions | Additional options for creating a session. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession> | A promise that resolves to an authentication session. |
getSessions(scopes: readonly string[], options: AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions): Thenable<AuthenticationSession[]>
Get a list of sessions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scopes: readonly string[] | An optional list of scopes. If provided, the sessions returned should match these permissions, otherwise all sessions should be returned. |
options: AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions | Additional options for getting sessions. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession[]> | A promise that resolves to an array of authentication sessions. |
removeSession(sessionId: string): Thenable<void>
Removes the session corresponding to session id.
If the removal is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.
If a session cannot be removed, the provider should reject with an error message.
AuthenticationProviderAuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent
An Event which fires when an AuthenticationSession is added, removed, or changed.
Properties
added: readonly AuthenticationSession[]
The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been added.
changed: readonly AuthenticationSession[]
The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been changed. A session changes when its data excluding the id are updated. An example of this is a session refresh that results in a new access token being set for the session.
removed: readonly AuthenticationSession[]
The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been removed.
AuthenticationProviderInformation
Basic information about an AuthenticationProvider
Properties
The unique identifier of the authentication provider.
The human-readable name of the authentication provider.
AuthenticationProviderOptions
Options for creating an AuthenticationProvider.
Properties
supportsMultipleAccounts?: boolean
Whether it is possible to be signed into multiple accounts at once with this provider. If not specified, will default to false.
AuthenticationProviderSessionOptions
The options passed in to the AuthenticationProvider.getSessions and AuthenticationProvider.createSession call.
Properties
account?: AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation
The account that is being asked about. If this is passed in, the provider should attempt to return the sessions that are only related to this account.
AuthenticationSession
Represents a session of a currently logged in user.
Properties
The access token.
account: AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation
The account associated with the session.
The identifier of the authentication session.
The permissions granted by the session's access token. Available scopes are defined by the AuthenticationProvider.
AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation
The information of an account associated with an AuthenticationSession.
Properties
The unique identifier of the account.
The human-readable name of the account.
AuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent
An Event which fires when an AuthenticationSession is added, removed, or changed.
Properties
provider: AuthenticationProviderInformation
The AuthenticationProvider that has had its sessions change.
AutoClosingPair
Describes pairs of strings where the close string will be automatically inserted when typing the opening string.
Properties
The closing string that will be automatically inserted when typing the opening string.
notIn?: SyntaxTokenType[]
A set of tokens where the pair should not be auto closed.
The string that will trigger the automatic insertion of the closing string.
BranchCoverage
Contains coverage information for a branch of a StatementCoverage.
Constructors
new BranchCoverage(executed: number | boolean, location?: Range | Position, label?: string): BranchCoverage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
executed: number | boolean | The number of times this branch was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the branch will be marked as un-covered. |
location?: Range | Position | The branch position. |
label?: string | |
Returns | Description |
BranchCoverage |
Properties
The number of times this branch was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the branch will be marked as un-covered.
Label for the branch, used in the context of "the ${label} branch was not taken," for example.
Branch location.
Breakpoint
The base class of all breakpoint types.
Constructors
new Breakpoint(enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string): Breakpoint
Creates a new breakpoint
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
enabled?: boolean | Is breakpoint enabled. |
condition?: string | Expression for conditional breakpoints |
hitCondition?: string | Expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored |
logMessage?: string | Log message to display when breakpoint is hit |
Returns | Description |
Breakpoint |
Properties
An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.
Is breakpoint enabled.
An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.
The unique ID of the breakpoint.
An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.
BreakpointsChangeEvent
An event describing the changes to the set of breakpoints.
Properties
added: readonly Breakpoint[]
Added breakpoints.
changed: readonly Breakpoint[]
Changed breakpoints.
removed: readonly Breakpoint[]
Removed breakpoints.
CallHierarchyIncomingCall
Represents an incoming call, e.g. a caller of a method or constructor.
Constructors
new CallHierarchyIncomingCall(item: CallHierarchyItem, fromRanges: Range[]): CallHierarchyIncomingCall
Create a new call object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The item making the call. |
fromRanges: Range[] | The ranges at which the calls appear. |
Returns | Description |
CallHierarchyIncomingCall |
Properties
from: CallHierarchyItem
The item that makes the call.
fromRanges: Range[]
The range at which at which the calls appears. This is relative to the caller denoted by this.from.
CallHierarchyItem
Represents programming constructs like functions or constructors in the context of call hierarchy.
Constructors
new CallHierarchyItem(kind: SymbolKind, name: string, detail: string, uri: Uri, range: Range, selectionRange: Range): CallHierarchyItem
Creates a new call hierarchy item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
kind: SymbolKind | |
name: string | |
detail: string | |
uri: Uri | |
range: Range | |
selectionRange: Range | |
Returns | Description |
CallHierarchyItem |
Properties
More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.
kind: SymbolKind
The kind of this item.
The name of this item.
range: Range
The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.
selectionRange: Range
The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. Must be contained by the range.
tags?: readonly Deprecated[]
Tags for this item.
uri: Uri
The resource identifier of this item.
CallHierarchyOutgoingCall
Represents an outgoing call, e.g. calling a getter from a method or a method from a constructor etc.
Constructors
new CallHierarchyOutgoingCall(item: CallHierarchyItem, fromRanges: Range[]): CallHierarchyOutgoingCall
Create a new call object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The item being called |
fromRanges: Range[] | The ranges at which the calls appear. |
Returns | Description |
CallHierarchyOutgoingCall |
Properties
fromRanges: Range[]
The range at which this item is called. This is the range relative to the caller, e.g the item passed to provideCallHierarchyOutgoingCalls and not this.to.
The item that is called.
CallHierarchyProvider
The call hierarchy provider interface describes the contract between extensions and the call hierarchy feature which allows to browse calls and caller of function, methods, constructor etc.
Methods
prepareCallHierarchy(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CallHierarchyItem | CallHierarchyItem[]>
Bootstraps call hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given document
and position. This item will be used as entry into the call graph. Providers should
return undefined
or null
when there is no item at the given location.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyItem | CallHierarchyItem[]> | One or multiple call hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
provideCallHierarchyIncomingCalls(item: CallHierarchyItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CallHierarchyIncomingCall[]>
Provide all incoming calls for an item, e.g all callers for a method. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which incoming calls should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyIncomingCall[]> | A set of incoming calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
provideCallHierarchyOutgoingCalls(item: CallHierarchyItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CallHierarchyOutgoingCall[]>
Provide all outgoing calls for an item, e.g call calls to functions, methods, or constructors from the given item. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which outgoing calls should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyOutgoingCall[]> | A set of outgoing calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
CancellationError
An error type that should be used to signal cancellation of an operation.
This type can be used in response to a cancellation token being cancelled or when an operation is being cancelled by the executor of that operation.
Constructors
new CancellationError(): CancellationError
Creates a new cancellation error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
CancellationError |
CancellationToken
A cancellation token is passed to an asynchronous or long running operation to request cancellation, like cancelling a request for completion items because the user continued to type.
To get an instance of a CancellationToken
use a
CancellationTokenSource.
Properties
isCancellationRequested: boolean
Is true
when the token has been cancelled, false
otherwise.
onCancellationRequested: Event<any>
An Event which fires upon cancellation.
CancellationTokenSource
A cancellation source creates and controls a cancellation token.
Constructors
new CancellationTokenSource(): CancellationTokenSource
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
CancellationTokenSource |
Properties
token: CancellationToken
The cancellation token of this source.
Methods
Signal cancellation on the token.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Dispose object and free resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
CharacterPair
A tuple of two characters, like a pair of opening and closing brackets.
CharacterPair: [string, string]
ChatContext
Extra context passed to a participant.
Properties
history: ReadonlyArray<ChatRequestTurn | ChatResponseTurn>
All of the chat messages so far in the current chat session. Currently, only chat messages for the current participant are included.
ChatErrorDetails
Represents an error result from a chat request.
Properties
An error message that is shown to the user.
If set to true, the response will be partly blurred out.
ChatFollowup
A followup question suggested by the participant.
Properties
By default, the followup goes to the same participant/command. But this property can be set to invoke a different command.
A title to show the user. The prompt will be shown by default, when this is unspecified.
By default, the followup goes to the same participant/command. But this property can be set to invoke a different participant by ID. Followups can only invoke a participant that was contributed by the same extension.
The message to send to the chat.
ChatFollowupProvider
Will be invoked once after each request to get suggested followup questions to show the user. The user can click the followup to send it to the chat.
Methods
provideFollowups(result: ChatResult, context: ChatContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<ChatFollowup[]>
Provide followups for the given result.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
result: ChatResult | This object has the same properties as the result returned from the participant callback, including |
context: ChatContext | |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<ChatFollowup[]> |
ChatParticipant
A chat participant can be invoked by the user in a chat session, using the prefix. When it is invoked, it handles the chat request and is solely
responsible for providing a response to the user. A ChatParticipant is created using chat.createChatParticipant.
Events
onDidReceiveFeedback: Event<ChatResultFeedback>
An event that fires whenever feedback for a result is received, e.g. when a user up- or down-votes a result.
The passed result is guaranteed to have the same properties as the result that was previously returned from this chat participant's handler.
Properties
followupProvider?: ChatFollowupProvider
This provider will be called once after each request to retrieve suggested followup questions.
iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
An icon for the participant shown in UI.
A unique ID for this participant.
requestHandler: ChatRequestHandler
The handler for requests to this participant.
Methods
Dispose this participant and free resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
ChatPromptReference
A reference to a value that the user added to their chat request.
Properties
A unique identifier for this kind of reference.
A description of this value that could be used in an LLM prompt.
range?: [start: number, end: number]
The start and end index of the reference in the prompt. When undefined, the reference was not part of the prompt text.
Note that the indices take the leading #
-character into account which means they can
used to modify the prompt as-is.
The value of this reference. The string | Uri | Location
types are used today, but this could expand in the future.
ChatRequest
A request to a chat participant.
Properties
The name of the [ChatCommand command](#ChatCommand command) that was selected for this request.
The prompt as entered by the user.
Information about references used in this request is stored in ChatRequest.references.
Note that the [ChatParticipant.name name](#ChatParticipant.name name) of the participant and the [ChatCommand.name command](#ChatCommand.name command) are not part of the prompt.
references: readonly ChatPromptReference[]
The list of references and their values that are referenced in the prompt.
Note that the prompt contains references as authored and that it is up to the participant to further modify the prompt, for instance by inlining reference values or creating links to headings which contain the resolved values. References are sorted in reverse by their range in the prompt. That means the last reference in the prompt is the first in this list. This simplifies string-manipulation of the prompt.
ChatRequestHandler
ChatRequestHandler: (request: ChatRequest, context: ChatContext, response: ChatResponseStream, token: CancellationToken) => ProviderResult<ChatResult | void>
ChatRequestTurn
Represents a user request in chat history.
Properties
The name of the [ChatCommand command](#ChatCommand command) that was selected for this request.
The id of the chat participant to which this request was directed.
The prompt as entered by the user.
Information about references used in this request is stored in ChatRequestTurn.references.
Note that the [ChatParticipant.name name](#ChatParticipant.name name) of the participant and the [ChatCommand.name command](#ChatCommand.name command) are not part of the prompt.
references: ChatPromptReference[]
The references that were used in this message.
ChatResponseAnchorPart
Represents a part of a chat response that is an anchor, that is rendered as a link to a target.
Constructors
new ChatResponseAnchorPart(value: Uri | Location, title?: string): ChatResponseAnchorPart
Create a new ChatResponseAnchorPart.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: Uri | Location | A uri or location. |
title?: string | An optional title that is rendered with value. |
Returns | Description |
ChatResponseAnchorPart |
Properties
An optional title that is rendered with value.
The target of this anchor.
ChatResponseCommandButtonPart
Represents a part of a chat response that is a button that executes a command.
Constructors
new ChatResponseCommandButtonPart(value: Command): ChatResponseCommandButtonPart
Create a new ChatResponseCommandButtonPart.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: Command | A Command that will be executed when the button is clicked. |
Returns | Description |
ChatResponseCommandButtonPart |
Properties
value: Command
The command that will be executed when the button is clicked.
ChatResponseFileTree
Represents a file tree structure in a chat response.
Properties
children?: ChatResponseFileTree[]
An array of child file trees, if the current file tree is a directory.
The name of the file or directory.
ChatResponseFileTreePart
Represents a part of a chat response that is a file tree.
Constructors
new ChatResponseFileTreePart(value: ChatResponseFileTree[], baseUri: Uri): ChatResponseFileTreePart
Create a new ChatResponseFileTreePart.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: ChatResponseFileTree[] | File tree data. |
baseUri: Uri | The base uri to which this file tree is relative. |
Returns | Description |
ChatResponseFileTreePart |
Properties
baseUri: Uri
The base uri to which this file tree is relative
value: ChatResponseFileTree[]
File tree data.
ChatResponseMarkdownPart
Represents a part of a chat response that is formatted as Markdown.
Constructors
new ChatResponseMarkdownPart(value: string | MarkdownString): ChatResponseMarkdownPart
Create a new ChatResponseMarkdownPart.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | MarkdownString | A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown. The boolean form of MarkdownString.isTrusted is NOT supported. |
Returns | Description |
ChatResponseMarkdownPart |
Properties
value: MarkdownString
A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown.
ChatResponsePart
Represents the different chat response types.
ChatResponsePart: ChatResponseMarkdownPart | ChatResponseFileTreePart | ChatResponseAnchorPart | ChatResponseProgressPart | ChatResponseReferencePart | ChatResponseCommandButtonPart
ChatResponseProgressPart
Represents a part of a chat response that is a progress message.
Constructors
new ChatResponseProgressPart(value: string): ChatResponseProgressPart
Create a new ChatResponseProgressPart.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A progress message |
Returns | Description |
ChatResponseProgressPart |
Properties
The progress message
ChatResponseReferencePart
Represents a part of a chat response that is a reference, rendered separately from the content.
Constructors
new ChatResponseReferencePart(value: Uri | Location, iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}): ChatResponseReferencePart
Create a new ChatResponseReferencePart.
Properties
iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
The icon for the reference.
The reference target.
ChatResponseStream
The ChatResponseStream is how a participant is able to return content to the chat view. It provides several methods for streaming different types of content which will be rendered in an appropriate way in the chat view. A participant can use the helper method for the type of content it wants to return, or it can instantiate a ChatResponsePart and use the generic ChatResponseStream.push method to return it.
Methods
anchor(value: Uri | Location, title?: string): void
Push an anchor part to this stream. Short-hand for
push(new ChatResponseAnchorPart(value, title))
.
An anchor is an inline reference to some type of resource.
button(command: Command): void
Push a command button part to this stream. Short-hand for
push(new ChatResponseCommandButtonPart(value, title))
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: Command | A Command that will be executed when the button is clicked. |
Returns | Description |
void |
filetree(value: ChatResponseFileTree[], baseUri: Uri): void
Push a filetree part to this stream. Short-hand for
push(new ChatResponseFileTreePart(value))
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: ChatResponseFileTree[] | File tree data. |
baseUri: Uri | The base uri to which this file tree is relative. |
Returns | Description |
void |
markdown(value: string | MarkdownString): void
Push a markdown part to this stream. Short-hand for
push(new ChatResponseMarkdownPart(value))
.
See also ChatResponseStream.push
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | MarkdownString | A markdown string or a string that should be interpreted as markdown. The boolean form of MarkdownString.isTrusted is NOT supported. |
Returns | Description |
void |
Push a progress part to this stream. Short-hand for
push(new ChatResponseProgressPart(value))
.
push(part: ChatResponsePart): void
Pushes a part to this stream.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
part: ChatResponsePart | A response part, rendered or metadata |
Returns | Description |
void |
reference(value: Uri | Location, iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}): void
Push a reference to this stream. Short-hand for
push(new ChatResponseReferencePart(value))
.
Note that the reference is not rendered inline with the response.
ChatResponseTurn
Represents a chat participant's response in chat history.
Properties
The name of the command that this response came from.
The id of the chat participant that this response came from.
response: ReadonlyArray<ChatResponseMarkdownPart | ChatResponseFileTreePart | ChatResponseAnchorPart | ChatResponseCommandButtonPart>
The content that was received from the chat participant. Only the stream parts that represent actual content (not metadata) are represented.
result: ChatResult
The result that was received from the chat participant.
ChatResult
The result of a chat request.
Properties
errorDetails?: ChatErrorDetails
If the request resulted in an error, this property defines the error details.
Arbitrary metadata for this result. Can be anything, but must be JSON-stringifyable.
ChatResultFeedback
Represents user feedback for a result.
Properties
kind: ChatResultFeedbackKind
The kind of feedback that was received.
result: ChatResult
The ChatResult for which the user is providing feedback.
This object has the same properties as the result returned from the participant callback, including metadata
, but is not the same instance.
ChatResultFeedbackKind
Represents the type of user feedback received.
Enumeration Members
The user marked the result as unhelpful.
The user marked the result as helpful.
Clipboard
The clipboard provides read and write access to the system's clipboard.
Methods
Read the current clipboard contents as text.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string> | A thenable that resolves to a string. |
writeText(value: string): Thenable<void>
Writes text into the clipboard.
CodeAction
A code action represents a change that can be performed in code, e.g. to fix a problem or to refactor code.
A CodeAction must set either edit and/or a command. If both are supplied, the edit
is applied first, then the command is executed.
Constructors
new CodeAction(title: string, kind?: CodeActionKind): CodeAction
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
title: string | The title of the code action. |
kind?: CodeActionKind | The kind of the code action. |
Returns | Description |
CodeAction |
Properties
command?: Command
A Command this code action executes.
If this command throws an exception, the editor displays the exception message to users in the editor at the current cursor position.
diagnostics?: Diagnostic[]
Diagnostics that this code action resolves.
Marks that the code action cannot currently be applied.
Disabled code actions are not shown in automatic lightbulb code action menu.
Disabled actions are shown as faded out in the code action menu when the user request a more specific type of code action, such as refactorings.
If the user has a keybinding that auto applies a code action and only a disabled code actions are returned, the editor will show the user an error message with
reason
in the editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
reason: string | Human readable description of why the code action is currently disabled. This is displayed in the code actions UI. |
edit?: WorkspaceEdit
A workspace edit this code action performs.
Marks this as a preferred action. Preferred actions are used by the auto fix
command and can be targeted
by keybindings.
A quick fix should be marked preferred if it properly addresses the underlying error. A refactoring should be marked preferred if it is the most reasonable choice of actions to take.
kind?: CodeActionKind
Kind of the code action.
Used to filter code actions.
A short, human-readable, title for this code action.
CodeActionContext
Contains additional diagnostic information about the context in which a code action is run.
Properties
diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[]
An array of diagnostics.
only: CodeActionKind
Requested kind of actions to return.
Actions not of this kind are filtered out before being shown by the lightbulb.
triggerKind: CodeActionTriggerKind
The reason why code actions were requested.
CodeActionKind
Kind of a code action.
Kinds are a hierarchical list of identifiers separated by .
, e.g. "refactor.extract.function"
.
Code action kinds are used by the editor for UI elements such as the refactoring context menu. Users
can also trigger code actions with a specific kind with the editor.action.codeAction
command.
Static
Empty: CodeActionKind
Empty kind.
Notebook: CodeActionKind
Base kind for all code actions applying to the enitre notebook's scope. CodeActionKinds using
this should always begin with notebook.
This requires that new CodeActions be created for it and contributed via extensions.
Pre-existing kinds can not just have the new notebook.
prefix added to them, as the functionality
is unique to the full-notebook scope.
Notebook CodeActionKinds can be initialized as either of the following (both resulting in notebook.source.xyz
):
const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append(CodeActionKind.Source.append('xyz').value)
const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append('source.xyz')
Example Kinds/Actions:
notebook.source.organizeImports
(might move all imports to a new top cell)notebook.source.normalizeVariableNames
(might rename all variables to a standardized casing format)
QuickFix: CodeActionKind
Base kind for quickfix actions: quickfix
.
Quick fix actions address a problem in the code and are shown in the normal code action context menu.
Refactor: CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring actions: refactor
Refactoring actions are shown in the refactoring context menu.
RefactorExtract: CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring extraction actions: refactor.extract
Example extract actions:
- Extract method
- Extract function
- Extract variable
- Extract interface from class
- ...
RefactorInline: CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring inline actions: refactor.inline
Example inline actions:
- Inline function
- Inline variable
- Inline constant
- ...
RefactorMove: CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring move actions: refactor.move
Example move actions:
- Move a function to a new file
- Move a property between classes
- Move method to base class
- ...
RefactorRewrite: CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring rewrite actions: refactor.rewrite
Example rewrite actions:
- Convert JavaScript function to class
- Add or remove parameter
- Encapsulate field
- Make method static
- ...
Source: CodeActionKind
Base kind for source actions: source
Source code actions apply to the entire file. They must be explicitly requested and will not show in the
normal lightbulb menu. Source actions
can be run on save using editor.codeActionsOnSave
and are also shown in the source
context menu.
SourceFixAll: CodeActionKind
Base kind for auto-fix source actions: source.fixAll
.
Fix all actions automatically fix errors that have a clear fix that do not require user input. They should not suppress errors or perform unsafe fixes such as generating new types or classes.
SourceOrganizeImports: CodeActionKind
Base kind for an organize imports source action: source.organizeImports
.
Constructors
new CodeActionKind(value: string): CodeActionKind
Private constructor, use statix CodeActionKind.XYZ
to derive from an existing code action kind.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The value of the kind, such as |
Returns | Description |
CodeActionKind |
Properties
String value of the kind, e.g. "refactor.extract.function"
.
Methods
append(parts: string): CodeActionKind
Create a new kind by appending a more specific selector to the current kind.
Does not modify the current kind.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
parts: string | |
Returns | Description |
CodeActionKind |
contains(other: CodeActionKind): boolean
Checks if other
is a sub-kind of this CodeActionKind
.
The kind "refactor.extract"
for example contains "refactor.extract"
and ``"refactor.extract.function", but not
"unicorn.refactor.extract", or
"refactor.extractAll"or
refactor`.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: CodeActionKind | Kind to check. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
intersects(other: CodeActionKind): boolean
Checks if this code action kind intersects other
.
The kind "refactor.extract"
for example intersects refactor
, "refactor.extract"
and "refactor.extract.function"
,
but not "unicorn.refactor.extract"
, or "refactor.extractAll"
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: CodeActionKind | Kind to check. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
CodeActionProvider<T>
Provides contextual actions for code. Code actions typically either fix problems or beautify/refactor code.
Code actions are surfaced to users in a few different ways:
- The lightbulb feature, which shows a list of code actions at the current cursor position. The lightbulb's list of actions includes both quick fixes and refactorings.
- As commands that users can run, such as
Refactor
. Users can run these from the command palette or with keybindings. - As source actions, such
Organize Imports
. - Quick fixes are shown in the problems view.
- Change applied on save by the
editor.codeActionsOnSave
setting.
Methods
provideCodeActions(document: TextDocument, range: Range | Selection, context: CodeActionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Array<Command | T>>
Get code actions for a given range in a document.
Only return code actions that are relevant to user for the requested range. Also keep in mind how the
returned code actions will appear in the UI. The lightbulb widget and Refactor
commands for instance show
returned code actions as a list, so do not return a large number of code actions that will overwhelm the user.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
range: Range | Selection | The selector or range for which the command was invoked. This will always be a selection if the actions are being requested in the currently active editor. |
context: CodeActionContext | Provides additional information about what code actions are being requested. You can use this to see what specific type of code actions are being requested by the editor in order to return more relevant actions and avoid returning irrelevant code actions that the editor will discard. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Array<Command | T>> | An array of code actions, such as quick fixes or refactorings. The lack of a result can be signaled
by returning We also support returning |
resolveCodeAction(codeAction: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>
Given a code action fill in its edit-property. Changes to all other properties, like title, are ignored. A code action that has an edit will not be resolved.
Note that a code action provider that returns commands, not code actions, cannot successfully implement this function. Returning commands is deprecated and instead code actions should be returned.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
codeAction: T | A code action. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved code action or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given
|
CodeActionProviderMetadata
Metadata about the type of code actions that a CodeActionProvider provides.
Properties
documentation?: ReadonlyArray<{command: Command, kind: CodeActionKind}>
Static documentation for a class of code actions.
Documentation from the provider is shown in the code actions menu if either:
Code actions of
kind
are requested by the editor. In this case, the editor will show the documentation that most closely matches the requested code action kind. For example, if a provider has documentation for bothRefactor
andRefactorExtract
, when the user requests code actions forRefactorExtract
, the editor will use the documentation forRefactorExtract
instead of the documentation forRefactor
.Any code actions of
kind
are returned by the provider.
At most one documentation entry will be shown per provider.
providedCodeActionKinds?: readonly CodeActionKind[]
List of CodeActionKinds that a CodeActionProvider may return.
This list is used to determine if a given CodeActionProvider
should be invoked or not.
To avoid unnecessary computation, every CodeActionProvider
should list use providedCodeActionKinds
. The
list of kinds may either be generic, such as [CodeActionKind.Refactor]
, or list out every kind provided,
such as [CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('function'), CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('constant'), ...]
.
CodeActionTriggerKind
The reason why code actions were requested.
Enumeration Members
Code actions were explicitly requested by the user or by an extension.
Code actions were requested automatically.
This typically happens when current selection in a file changes, but can also be triggered when file content changes.
CodeLens
A code lens represents a Command that should be shown along with source text, like the number of references, a way to run tests, etc.
A code lens is unresolved when no command is associated to it. For performance reasons the creation of a code lens and resolving should be done to two stages.
See also
Constructors
new CodeLens(range: Range, command?: Command): CodeLens
Creates a new code lens object.
Properties
command?: Command
The command this code lens represents.
true
when there is a command associated.
range: Range
The range in which this code lens is valid. Should only span a single line.
CodeLensProvider<T>
A code lens provider adds commands to source text. The commands will be shown as dedicated horizontal lines in between the source text.
Events
onDidChangeCodeLenses?: Event<void>
An optional event to signal that the code lenses from this provider have changed.
Methods
provideCodeLenses(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T[]>
Compute a list of lenses. This call should return as fast as possible and if computing the commands is expensive implementors should only return code lens objects with the range set and implement resolve.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of code lenses or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
resolveCodeLens(codeLens: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>
This function will be called for each visible code lens, usually when scrolling and after calls to compute-lenses.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
codeLens: T | Code lens that must be resolved. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The given, resolved code lens or thenable that resolves to such. |
Color
Represents a color in RGBA space.
Constructors
new Color(red: number, green: number, blue: number, alpha: number): Color
Creates a new color instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
red: number | The red component. |
green: number | The green component. |
blue: number | The blue component. |
alpha: number | The alpha component. |
Returns | Description |
Color |
Properties
The alpha component of this color in the range [0-1]
.
The blue component of this color in the range [0-1]
.
The green component of this color in the range [0-1]
.
The red component of this color in the range [0-1]
.
ColorInformation
Represents a color range from a document.
Constructors
new ColorInformation(range: Range, color: Color): ColorInformation
Creates a new color range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range the color appears in. Must not be empty. |
color: Color | The value of the color. |
Returns | Description |
ColorInformation |
Properties
color: Color
The actual color value for this color range.
range: Range
The range in the document where this color appears.
ColorPresentation
A color presentation object describes how a Color should be represented as text and what edits are required to refer to it from source code.
For some languages one color can have multiple presentations, e.g. css can represent the color red with
the constant Red
, the hex-value #ff0000
, or in rgba and hsla forms. In csharp other representations
apply, e.g. System.Drawing.Color.Red
.
Constructors
new ColorPresentation(label: string): ColorPresentation
Creates a new color presentation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | The label of this color presentation. |
Returns | Description |
ColorPresentation |
Properties
additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[]
An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when selecting this color presentation. Edits must not overlap with the main edit nor with themselves.
The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the color picker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting this color presentation.
textEdit?: TextEdit
ColorTheme
Represents a color theme.
Properties
kind: ColorThemeKind
The kind of this color theme: light, dark, high contrast dark and high contrast light.
ColorThemeKind
Represents a color theme kind.
Enumeration Members
A light color theme.
A dark color theme.
A dark high contrast color theme.
A light high contrast color theme.
Command
Represents a reference to a command. Provides a title which will be used to represent a command in the UI and, optionally, an array of arguments which will be passed to the command handler function when invoked.
Properties
Arguments that the command handler should be invoked with.
The identifier of the actual command handler.
See also commands.registerCommand
Title of the command, like save
.
A tooltip for the command, when represented in the UI.
Comment
A comment is displayed within the editor or the Comments Panel, depending on how it is provided.
Properties
author: CommentAuthorInformation
The author information of the comment
body: string | MarkdownString
The human-readable comment body
Context value of the comment. This can be used to contribute comment specific actions.
For example, a comment is given a context value as editable
. When contributing actions to comments/comment/title
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key comment
in when
expression like comment == editable
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"comments/comment/title": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteComment",
"when": "comment == editable"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.deleteComment
only for comments with contextValue
is editable
.
Optional label describing the Comment Label will be rendered next to authorName if exists.
mode: CommentMode
Comment mode of the comment
reactions?: CommentReaction[]
Optional reactions of the Comment
Optional timestamp that will be displayed in comments. The date will be formatted according to the user's locale and settings.
CommentAuthorInformation
Author information of a Comment
Properties
iconPath?: Uri
The optional icon path for the author
The display name of the author of the comment
CommentController
A comment controller is able to provide comments support to the editor and provide users various ways to interact with comments.
Properties
commentingRangeProvider?: CommentingRangeProvider
Optional commenting range provider. Provide a list ranges which support commenting to any given resource uri.
If not provided, users cannot leave any comments.
The id of this comment controller.
The human-readable label of this comment controller.
options?: CommentOptions
Comment controller options
reactionHandler?: (comment: Comment, reaction: CommentReaction) => Thenable<void>
Optional reaction handler for creating and deleting reactions on a Comment.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
comment: Comment | |
reaction: CommentReaction | |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
Methods
createCommentThread(uri: Uri, range: Range, comments: readonly Comment[]): CommentThread
Create a comment thread. The comment thread will be displayed in visible text editors (if the resource matches) and Comments Panel once created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the document the thread has been created on. |
range: Range | The range the comment thread is located within the document. |
comments: readonly Comment[] | The ordered comments of the thread. |
Returns | Description |
CommentThread |
Dispose this comment controller.
Once disposed, all comment threads created by this comment controller will also be removed from the editor and Comments Panel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
CommentingRangeProvider
Commenting range provider for a comment controller.
Methods
provideCommentingRanges(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Range[]>
Provide a list of ranges which allow new comment threads creation or null for a given document
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Range[]> |
CommentMode
Comment mode of a Comment
Enumeration Members
Displays the comment editor
Displays the preview of the comment
CommentOptions
Represents a comment controller's options.
Properties
An optional string to show as placeholder in the comment input box when it's focused.
An optional string to show on the comment input box when it's collapsed.
CommentReaction
Reactions of a Comment
Properties
Whether the author of the comment has reacted to this reaction
The number of users who have reacted to this reaction
iconPath: string | Uri
Icon for the reaction shown in UI.
The human-readable label for the reaction
CommentReply
Command argument for actions registered in comments/commentThread/context
.
Properties
The value in the comment editor
thread: CommentThread
The active comment thread
CommentRule
Describes how comments for a language work.
Properties
blockComment?: CharacterPair
The block comment character pair, like /* block comment */
The line comment token, like // this is a comment
CommentThread
A collection of comments representing a conversation at a particular range in a document.
Properties
Whether the thread supports reply. Defaults to true.
collapsibleState: CommentThreadCollapsibleState
Whether the thread should be collapsed or expanded when opening the document. Defaults to Collapsed.
comments: readonly Comment[]
The ordered comments of the thread.
Context value of the comment thread. This can be used to contribute thread specific actions.
For example, a comment thread is given a context value as editable
. When contributing actions to comments/commentThread/title
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key commentThread
in when
expression like commentThread == editable
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"comments/commentThread/title": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteCommentThread",
"when": "commentThread == editable"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.deleteCommentThread
only for comment threads with contextValue
is editable
.
The optional human-readable label describing the Comment Thread
range: Range
The range the comment thread is located within the document. The thread icon will be shown at the last line of the range.
state?: CommentThreadState
The optional state of a comment thread, which may affect how the comment is displayed.
uri: Uri
The uri of the document the thread has been created on.
Methods
Dispose this comment thread.
Once disposed, this comment thread will be removed from visible editors and Comment Panel when appropriate.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
CommentThreadCollapsibleState
Collapsible state of a comment thread
Enumeration Members
Determines an item is collapsed
Determines an item is expanded
CommentThreadState
The state of a comment thread.
Enumeration Members
Unresolved thread state
Resolved thread state
CompletionContext
Contains additional information about the context in which completion provider is triggered.
Properties
Character that triggered the completion item provider.
undefined
if the provider was not triggered by a character.
The trigger character is already in the document when the completion provider is triggered.
triggerKind: CompletionTriggerKind
How the completion was triggered.
CompletionItem
A completion item represents a text snippet that is proposed to complete text that is being typed.
It is sufficient to create a completion item from just a label. In that case the completion item will replace the word until the cursor with the given label or insertText. Otherwise the given edit is used.
When selecting a completion item in the editor its defined or synthesized text edit will be applied to all cursors/selections whereas additionalTextEdits will be applied as provided.
See also
Constructors
new CompletionItem(label: string | CompletionItemLabel, kind?: CompletionItemKind): CompletionItem
Creates a new completion item.
Completion items must have at least a label which then will be used as insert text as well as for sorting and filtering.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | CompletionItemLabel | The label of the completion. |
kind?: CompletionItemKind | The kind of the completion. |
Returns | Description |
CompletionItem |
Properties
additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[]
An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main edit nor with themselves.
command?: Command
An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion. Note that additional modifications to the current document should be described with the additionalTextEdits-property.
An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first and
then type that character. Note that all commit characters should have length=1
and that superfluous
characters will be ignored.
A human-readable string with additional information about this item, like type or symbol information.
documentation?: string | MarkdownString
A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment.
insertText?: string | SnippetString
A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selecting
this completion. When falsy
the label
is used.
Keep whitespace of the insertText as is. By default, the editor adjusts leading
whitespace of new lines so that they match the indentation of the line for which the item is accepted - setting
this to true
will prevent that.
kind?: CompletionItemKind
The kind of this completion item. Based on the kind an icon is chosen by the editor.
label: string | CompletionItemLabel
The label of this completion item. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting this completion.
Select this item when showing. Note that only one completion item can be selected and that the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that the first item of those that match best is selected.
range?: Range | {inserting: Range, replacing: Range}
A range or a insert and replace range selecting the text that should be replaced by this completion item.
When omitted, the range of the current word is used as replace-range and as insert-range the start of the current word to the current position is used.
Note 1: A range must be a single line and it must contain the position at which completion has been requested. Note 2: A insert range must be a prefix of a replace range, that means it must be contained and starting at the same position.
A string that should be used when comparing this item
with other items. When falsy
the label
is used.
Note that sortText
is only used for the initial ordering of completion
items. When having a leading word (prefix) ordering is based on how
well completions match that prefix and the initial ordering is only used
when completions match equally well. The prefix is defined by the
range-property and can therefore be different
for each completion.
tags?: readonly Deprecated[]
Tags for this completion item.
textEdit?: TextEdit
- deprecated - Use
CompletionItem.insertText
andCompletionItem.range
instead.
An edit which is applied to a document when selecting this completion. When an edit is provided the value of insertText is ignored.
The Range of the edit must be single-line and on the same line completions were requested at.
CompletionItemKind
Completion item kinds.
Enumeration Members
The Text
completion item kind.
The Method
completion item kind.
The Function
completion item kind.
The Constructor
completion item kind.
The Field
completion item kind.
The Variable
completion item kind.
The Class
completion item kind.
The Interface
completion item kind.
The Module
completion item kind.
The Property
completion item kind.
The Unit
completion item kind.
The Value
completion item kind.
The Enum
completion item kind.
The Keyword
completion item kind.
The Snippet
completion item kind.
The Color
completion item kind.
The File
completion item kind.
The Reference
completion item kind.
The Folder
completion item kind.
The EnumMember
completion item kind.
The Constant
completion item kind.
The Struct
completion item kind.
The Event
completion item kind.
The Operator
completion item kind.
The TypeParameter
completion item kind.
The User
completion item kind.
The Issue
completion item kind.
CompletionItemLabel
A structured label for a completion item.
Properties
An optional string which is rendered less prominently after CompletionItemLabel.detail. Should be used for fully qualified names or file path.
An optional string which is rendered less prominently directly after label, without any spacing. Should be used for function signatures or type annotations.
The label of this completion item.
By default this is also the text that is inserted when this completion is selected.
CompletionItemProvider<T>
The completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions and IntelliSense.
Providers can delay the computation of the detail
and documentation properties by implementing the
resolveCompletionItem-function. However, properties that
are needed for the initial sorting and filtering, like sortText
, filterText
, insertText
, and range
, must
not be changed during resolve.
Providers are asked for completions either explicitly by a user gesture or -depending on the configuration- implicitly when typing words or trigger characters.
Methods
provideCompletionItems(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: CompletionContext): ProviderResult<CompletionList<T> | T[]>
Provide completion items for the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
context: CompletionContext | How the completion was triggered. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CompletionList<T> | T[]> | An array of completions, a completion list, or a thenable that resolves to either.
The lack of a result can be signaled by returning |
resolveCompletionItem(item: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>
Given a completion item fill in more data, like doc-comment or details.
The editor will only resolve a completion item once.
Note that this function is called when completion items are already showing in the UI or when an item has been selected for insertion. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, sorting, filtering etc) or the (primary) insert behaviour (insertText) can be changed.
This function may fill in additionalTextEdits. However, that means an item might be inserted before resolving is done and in that case the editor will do a best effort to still apply those additional text edits.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: T | A completion item currently active in the UI. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved completion item or a thenable that resolves to of such. It is OK to return the given
|
CompletionItemTag
Completion item tags are extra annotations that tweak the rendering of a completion item.
Enumeration Members
Render a completion as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.
CompletionList<T>
Represents a collection of completion items to be presented in the editor.
Constructors
new CompletionList<T extends CompletionItem>(items?: T[], isIncomplete?: boolean): CompletionList<T>
Creates a new completion list.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items?: T[] | The completion items. |
isIncomplete?: boolean | The list is not complete. |
Returns | Description |
CompletionList<T> |
Properties
This list is not complete. Further typing should result in recomputing this list.
The completion items.
CompletionTriggerKind
How a completion provider was triggered
Enumeration Members
Completion was triggered normally.
Completion was triggered by a trigger character.
TriggerForIncompleteCompletions: 2
Completion was re-triggered as current completion list is incomplete
ConfigurationChangeEvent
An event describing the change in Configuration
Methods
affectsConfiguration(section: string, scope?: ConfigurationScope): boolean
Checks if the given section has changed. If scope is provided, checks if the section has changed for resources under the given scope.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section: string | Configuration name, supports dotted names. |
scope?: ConfigurationScope | A scope in which to check. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
ConfigurationScope
The configuration scope which can be a a 'resource' or a languageId or both or a 'TextDocument' or a 'WorkspaceFolder'
ConfigurationScope: Uri | TextDocument | WorkspaceFolder | {languageId: string, uri: Uri}
ConfigurationTarget
The configuration target
Enumeration Members
Global configuration
Workspace configuration
Workspace folder configuration
CustomDocument
Represents a custom document used by a CustomEditorProvider.
Custom documents are only used within a given CustomEditorProvider
. The lifecycle of a CustomDocument
is
managed by the editor. When no more references remain to a CustomDocument
, it is disposed of.
Properties
uri: Uri
The associated uri for this document.
Methods
Dispose of the custom document.
This is invoked by the editor when there are no more references to a given CustomDocument
(for example when
all editors associated with the document have been closed.)
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
CustomDocumentBackup
A backup for an CustomDocument.
Properties
Unique identifier for the backup.
This id is passed back to your extension in openCustomDocument
when opening a custom editor from a backup.
Methods
Delete the current backup.
This is called by the editor when it is clear the current backup is no longer needed, such as when a new backup is made or when the file is saved.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
CustomDocumentBackupContext
Additional information used to implement CustomDocumentBackup.
Properties
destination: Uri
Suggested file location to write the new backup.
Note that your extension is free to ignore this and use its own strategy for backup.
If the editor is for a resource from the current workspace, destination
will point to a file inside
ExtensionContext.storagePath
. The parent folder of destination
may not exist, so make sure to created it
before writing the backup to this location.
CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent<T>
Event triggered by extensions to signal to the editor that the content of a CustomDocument has changed.
Properties
The document that the change is for.
CustomDocumentEditEvent<T>
Event triggered by extensions to signal to the editor that an edit has occurred on an CustomDocument.
Properties
The document that the edit is for.
Display name describing the edit.
This will be shown to users in the UI for undo/redo operations.
Methods
Redo the edit operation.
This is invoked by the editor when the user redoes this edit. To implement redo
, your
extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just after this
edit was added to the editor's internal edit stack by onDidChangeCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
Undo the edit operation.
This is invoked by the editor when the user undoes this edit. To implement undo
, your
extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just before this
edit was added to the editor's internal edit stack by onDidChangeCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
CustomDocumentOpenContext
Additional information about the opening custom document.
Properties
The id of the backup to restore the document from or undefined
if there is no backup.
If this is provided, your extension should restore the editor from the backup instead of reading the file from the user's workspace.
untitledDocumentData: Uint8Array
If the URI is an untitled file, this will be populated with the byte data of that file
If this is provided, your extension should utilize this byte data rather than executing fs APIs on the URI passed in
CustomEditorProvider<T>
Provider for editable custom editors that use a custom document model.
Custom editors use CustomDocument as their document model instead of a TextDocument. This gives extensions full control over actions such as edit, save, and backup.
You should use this type of custom editor when dealing with binary files or more complex scenarios. For simple text based documents, use CustomTextEditorProvider instead.
Events
onDidChangeCustomDocument: Event<CustomDocumentEditEvent<T>> | Event<CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent<T>>
Signal that an edit has occurred inside a custom editor.
This event must be fired by your extension whenever an edit happens in a custom editor. An edit can be anything from changing some text, to cropping an image, to reordering a list. Your extension is free to define what an edit is and what data is stored on each edit.
Firing onDidChange
causes the editors to be marked as being dirty. This is cleared when the user either
saves or reverts the file.
Editors that support undo/redo must fire a CustomDocumentEditEvent
whenever an edit happens. This allows
users to undo and redo the edit using the editor's standard keyboard shortcuts. The editor will also mark
the editor as no longer being dirty if the user undoes all edits to the last saved state.
Editors that support editing but cannot use the editor's standard undo/redo mechanism must fire a CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent
.
The only way for a user to clear the dirty state of an editor that does not support undo/redo is to either
save
or revert
the file.
An editor should only ever fire CustomDocumentEditEvent
events, or only ever fire CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent
events.
Methods
backupCustomDocument(document: T, context: CustomDocumentBackupContext, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable<CustomDocumentBackup>
Back up a dirty custom document.
Backups are used for hot exit and to prevent data loss. Your backup
method should persist the resource in
its current state, i.e. with the edits applied. Most commonly this means saving the resource to disk in
the ExtensionContext.storagePath
. When the editor reloads and your custom editor is opened for a resource,
your extension should first check to see if any backups exist for the resource. If there is a backup, your
extension should load the file contents from there instead of from the resource in the workspace.
backup
is triggered approximately one second after the user stops editing the document. If the user
rapidly edits the document, backup
will not be invoked until the editing stops.
backup
is not invoked when auto save
is enabled (since auto save already persists the resource).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to backup. |
context: CustomDocumentBackupContext | Information that can be used to backup the document. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the current backup since a new backup is coming in. It is up to your extension to decided how to respond to cancellation. If for example your extension is backing up a large file in an operation that takes time to complete, your extension may decide to finish the ongoing backup rather than cancelling it to ensure that the editor has some valid backup. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<CustomDocumentBackup> |
openCustomDocument(uri: Uri, openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext, token: CancellationToken): T | Thenable<T>
Create a new document for a given resource.
openCustomDocument
is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The opened
document is then passed to resolveCustomEditor
so that the editor can be shown to the user.
Already opened CustomDocument
are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for a
given resource are closed, the CustomDocument
is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point will
trigger another call to openCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Uri of the document to open. |
openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext | Additional information about the opening custom document. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
T | Thenable<T> | The custom document. |
resolveCustomEditor(document: T, webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, token: CancellationToken): void | Thenable<void>
Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.
This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for this CustomEditorProvider
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document for the resource being resolved. |
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all
the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. |
revertCustomDocument(document: T, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable<void>
Revert a custom document to its last saved state.
This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggers File: Revert File
in a custom editor. (Note that
this is only used using the editor's File: Revert File
command and not on a git revert
of the file).
To implement revert
, the implementer must make sure all editor instances (webviews) for document
are displaying the document in the same state is saved in. This usually means reloading the file from the
workspace.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to revert. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the revert is no longer required. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable signaling that the change has completed. |
saveCustomDocument(document: T, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable<void>
Save a custom document.
This method is invoked by the editor when the user saves a custom editor. This can happen when the user
triggers save while the custom editor is active, by commands such as save all
, or by auto save if enabled.
To implement save
, the implementer must persist the custom editor. This usually means writing the
file data for the custom document to disk. After save
completes, any associated editor instances will
no longer be marked as dirty.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to save. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the save is no longer required (for example, if another save was triggered). |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable signaling that saving has completed. |
saveCustomDocumentAs(document: T, destination: Uri, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable<void>
Save a custom document to a different location.
This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggers 'save as' on a custom editor. The implementer must
persist the custom editor to destination
.
When the user accepts save as, the current editor is be replaced by an non-dirty editor for the newly saved file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to save. |
destination: Uri | Location to save to. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the save is no longer required. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable signaling that saving has completed. |
CustomExecution
Class used to execute an extension callback as a task.
Constructors
new CustomExecution(callback: (resolvedDefinition: TaskDefinition) => Thenable<Pseudoterminal>): CustomExecution
Constructs a CustomExecution task object. The callback will be executed when the task is run, at which point the extension should return the Pseudoterminal it will "run in". The task should wait to do further execution until Pseudoterminal.open is called. Task cancellation should be handled using Pseudoterminal.close. When the task is complete fire Pseudoterminal.onDidClose.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (resolvedDefinition: TaskDefinition) => Thenable<Pseudoterminal> | The callback that will be called when the task is started by a user. Any ${} style variables that
were in the task definition will be resolved and passed into the callback as |
Returns | Description |
CustomExecution |
CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<T>
Provider for readonly custom editors that use a custom document model.
Custom editors use CustomDocument as their document model instead of a TextDocument.
You should use this type of custom editor when dealing with binary files or more complex scenarios. For simple text based documents, use CustomTextEditorProvider instead.
Methods
openCustomDocument(uri: Uri, openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext, token: CancellationToken): T | Thenable<T>
Create a new document for a given resource.
openCustomDocument
is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The opened
document is then passed to resolveCustomEditor
so that the editor can be shown to the user.
Already opened CustomDocument
are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for a
given resource are closed, the CustomDocument
is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point will
trigger another call to openCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Uri of the document to open. |
openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext | Additional information about the opening custom document. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
T | Thenable<T> | The custom document. |
resolveCustomEditor(document: T, webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, token: CancellationToken): void | Thenable<void>
Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.
This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for this CustomEditorProvider
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document for the resource being resolved. |
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all
the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. |
CustomTextEditorProvider
Provider for text based custom editors.
Text based custom editors use a TextDocument as their data model. This considerably simplifies
implementing a custom editor as it allows the editor to handle many common operations such as
undo and backup. The provider is responsible for synchronizing text changes between the webview and the TextDocument
.
Methods
resolveCustomTextEditor(document: TextDocument, webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, token: CancellationToken): void | Thenable<void>
Resolve a custom editor for a given text resource.
This is called when a user first opens a resource for a CustomTextEditorProvider
, or if they reopen an
existing editor using this CustomTextEditorProvider
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | Document for the resource to resolve. |
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all
the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. |
DataTransfer
A map containing a mapping of the mime type of the corresponding transferred data.
Drag and drop controllers that implement handleDrag
can add additional mime types to the
data transfer. These additional mime types will only be included in the handleDrop
when the the drag was initiated from
an element in the same drag and drop controller.
Constructors
new DataTransfer(): DataTransfer
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
DataTransfer |
Methods
[iterator](): IterableIterator<[mimeType: string, item: DataTransferItem]>
Get a new iterator with the [mime, item]
pairs for each element in this data transfer.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
IterableIterator<[mimeType: string, item: DataTransferItem]> |
forEach(callbackfn: (item: DataTransferItem, mimeType: string, dataTransfer: DataTransfer) => void, thisArg?: any): void
Allows iteration through the data transfer items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callbackfn: (item: DataTransferItem, mimeType: string, dataTransfer: DataTransfer) => void | Callback for iteration through the data transfer items. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
get(mimeType: string): DataTransferItem
Retrieves the data transfer item for a given mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
mimeType: string | The mime type to get the data transfer item for, such as Special mime types:
|
Returns | Description |
DataTransferItem |
set(mimeType: string, value: DataTransferItem): void
Sets a mime type to data transfer item mapping.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
mimeType: string | The mime type to set the data for. Mimes types stored in lower case, with case-insensitive looks up. |
value: DataTransferItem | The data transfer item for the given mime type. |
Returns | Description |
void |
DataTransferFile
A file associated with a DataTransferItem.
Instances of this type can only be created by the editor and not by extensions.
Properties
The name of the file.
uri?: Uri
The full file path of the file.
May be undefined
on web.
Methods
The full file contents of the file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uint8Array> |
DataTransferItem
Encapsulates data transferred during drag and drop operations.
Constructors
new DataTransferItem(value: any): DataTransferItem
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: any | Custom data stored on this item. Can be retrieved using DataTransferItem.value. |
Returns | Description |
DataTransferItem |
Properties
Custom data stored on this item.
You can use value
to share data across operations. The original object can be retrieved so long as the extension that
created the DataTransferItem
runs in the same extension host.
Methods
asFile(): DataTransferFile
Try getting the file associated with this data transfer item.
Note that the file object is only valid for the scope of the drag and drop operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
DataTransferFile | The file for the data transfer or |
Get a string representation of this item.
If DataTransferItem.value is an object, this returns the result of json stringifying DataTransferItem.value value.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string> |
DebugAdapter
A debug adapter that implements the Debug Adapter Protocol can be registered with the editor if it implements the DebugAdapter interface.
Events
onDidSendMessage: Event<DebugProtocolMessage>
An event which fires after the debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor. Messages can be requests, responses, or events.
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
handleMessage(message: DebugProtocolMessage): void
Handle a Debug Adapter Protocol message. Messages can be requests, responses, or events. Results or errors are returned via onSendMessage events.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: DebugProtocolMessage | A Debug Adapter Protocol message |
Returns | Description |
void |
DebugAdapterDescriptor
Represents the different types of debug adapters
DebugAdapterDescriptor: DebugAdapterExecutable | DebugAdapterServer | DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer | DebugAdapterInlineImplementation
DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory
A debug adaper factory that creates debug adapter descriptors.
Methods
createDebugAdapterDescriptor(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable): ProviderResult<DebugAdapterDescriptor>
'createDebugAdapterDescriptor' is called at the start of a debug session to provide details about the debug adapter to use. These details must be returned as objects of type DebugAdapterDescriptor. Currently two types of debug adapters are supported:
- a debug adapter executable is specified as a command path and arguments (see DebugAdapterExecutable),
- a debug adapter server reachable via a communication port (see DebugAdapterServer). If the method is not implemented the default behavior is this: createDebugAdapter(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable) { if (typeof session.configuration.debugServer === 'number') { return new DebugAdapterServer(session.configuration.debugServer); } return executable; }
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
session: DebugSession | The debug session for which the debug adapter will be used. |
executable: DebugAdapterExecutable | The debug adapter's executable information as specified in the package.json (or undefined if no such information exists). |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterDescriptor> | a debug adapter descriptor or undefined. |
DebugAdapterExecutable
Represents a debug adapter executable and optional arguments and runtime options passed to it.
Constructors
new DebugAdapterExecutable(command: string, args?: string[], options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions): DebugAdapterExecutable
Creates a description for a debug adapter based on an executable program.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | The command or executable path that implements the debug adapter. |
args?: string[] | Optional arguments to be passed to the command or executable. |
options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions | Optional options to be used when starting the command or executable. |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterExecutable |
Properties
The arguments passed to the debug adapter executable. Defaults to an empty array.
The command or path of the debug adapter executable. A command must be either an absolute path of an executable or the name of an command to be looked up via the PATH environment variable. The special value 'node' will be mapped to the editor's built-in Node.js runtime.
options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions
Optional options to be used when the debug adapter is started. Defaults to undefined.
DebugAdapterExecutableOptions
Options for a debug adapter executable.
Properties
The current working directory for the executed debug adapter.
The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.
DebugAdapterInlineImplementation
A debug adapter descriptor for an inline implementation.
Constructors
new DebugAdapterInlineImplementation(implementation: DebugAdapter): DebugAdapterInlineImplementation
Create a descriptor for an inline implementation of a debug adapter.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
implementation: DebugAdapter | |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterInlineImplementation |
DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer
Represents a debug adapter running as a Named Pipe (on Windows)/UNIX Domain Socket (on non-Windows) based server.
Constructors
new DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer(path: string): DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer
Create a description for a debug adapter running as a Named Pipe (on Windows)/UNIX Domain Socket (on non-Windows) based server.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
path: string | |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer |
Properties
The path to the NamedPipe/UNIX Domain Socket.
DebugAdapterServer
Represents a debug adapter running as a socket based server.
Constructors
new DebugAdapterServer(port: number, host?: string): DebugAdapterServer
Create a description for a debug adapter running as a socket based server.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
port: number | |
host?: string | |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterServer |
Properties
The host.
The port.
DebugAdapterTracker
A Debug Adapter Tracker is a means to track the communication between the editor and a Debug Adapter.
Events
onDidSendMessage(message: any): void
The debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor.
onWillReceiveMessage(message: any): void
The debug adapter is about to receive a Debug Adapter Protocol message from the editor.
A session with the debug adapter is about to be started.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
The debug adapter session is about to be stopped.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Methods
An error with the debug adapter has occurred.
onExit(code: number, signal: string): void
The debug adapter has exited with the given exit code or signal.
DebugAdapterTrackerFactory
A debug adaper factory that creates debug adapter trackers.
Methods
createDebugAdapterTracker(session: DebugSession): ProviderResult<DebugAdapterTracker>
The method 'createDebugAdapterTracker' is called at the start of a debug session in order to return a "tracker" object that provides read-access to the communication between the editor and a debug adapter.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
session: DebugSession | The debug session for which the debug adapter tracker will be used. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterTracker> | A debug adapter tracker or undefined. |
DebugConfiguration
Configuration for a debug session.
Properties
The name of the debug session.
The request type of the debug session.
The type of the debug session.
DebugConfigurationProvider
A debug configuration provider allows to add debug configurations to the debug service and to resolve launch configurations before they are used to start a debug session. A debug configuration provider is registered via debug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider.
Methods
provideDebugConfigurations(folder: WorkspaceFolder, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration[]>
Provides debug configuration to the debug service. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, debug configurations are concatenated in arbitrary order.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder for which the configurations are used or |
token?: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration[]> | An array of debug configurations. |
resolveDebugConfiguration(folder: WorkspaceFolder, debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration>
Resolves a debug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the resolveDebugConfiguration calls are chained in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or |
debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration | The debug configuration to resolve. |
token?: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration> | The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null. |
resolveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables(folder: WorkspaceFolder, debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration>
This hook is directly called after 'resolveDebugConfiguration' but with all variables substituted. It can be used to resolve or verify a debug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the 'resolveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables' calls are chained in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or |
debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration | The debug configuration to resolve. |
token?: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration> | The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null. |
DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind
A DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind specifies when the provideDebugConfigurations
method of a DebugConfigurationProvider
is triggered.
Currently there are two situations: to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json or
to provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command).
A trigger kind is used when registering a DebugConfigurationProvider
with debug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider.
Enumeration Members
DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations
is called to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json.
DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations
is called to provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command).
DebugConsole
Represents the debug console.
Methods
Append the given value to the debug console.
appendLine(value: string): void
Append the given value and a line feed character to the debug console.
DebugConsoleMode
Debug console mode used by debug session, see options.
Enumeration Members
Debug session should have a separate debug console.
Debug session should share debug console with its parent session. This value has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session.
DebugProtocolBreakpoint
A DebugProtocolBreakpoint is an opaque stand-in type for the Breakpoint type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol.
DebugProtocolMessage
A DebugProtocolMessage is an opaque stand-in type for the ProtocolMessage type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol.
DebugProtocolSource
A DebugProtocolSource is an opaque stand-in type for the Source type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol.
DebugSession
A debug session.
Properties
configuration: DebugConfiguration
The "resolved" debug configuration of this session. "Resolved" means that
- all variables have been substituted and
- platform specific attribute sections have been "flattened" for the matching platform and removed for non-matching platforms.
The unique ID of this debug session.
The debug session's name is initially taken from the debug configuration. Any changes will be properly reflected in the UI.
parentSession?: DebugSession
The parent session of this debug session, if it was created as a child.
See also DebugSessionOptions.parentSession
The debug session's type from the debug configuration.
workspaceFolder: WorkspaceFolder
The workspace folder of this session or undefined
for a folderless setup.
Methods
customRequest(command: string, args?: any): Thenable<any>
Send a custom request to the debug adapter.
getDebugProtocolBreakpoint(breakpoint: Breakpoint): Thenable<DebugProtocolBreakpoint>
Maps a breakpoint in the editor to the corresponding Debug Adapter Protocol (DAP) breakpoint that is managed by the debug adapter of the debug session.
If no DAP breakpoint exists (either because the editor breakpoint was not yet registered or because the debug adapter is not interested in the breakpoint), the value undefined
is returned.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
breakpoint: Breakpoint | A Breakpoint in the editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<DebugProtocolBreakpoint> | A promise that resolves to the Debug Adapter Protocol breakpoint or |
DebugSessionCustomEvent
A custom Debug Adapter Protocol event received from a debug session.
Properties
Event specific information.
Type of event.
session: DebugSession
The debug session for which the custom event was received.
DebugSessionOptions
Options for starting a debug session.
Properties
Controls if the debug session's parent session is shown in the CALL STACK view even if it has only a single child. By default, the debug session will never hide its parent. If compact is true, debug sessions with a single child are hidden in the CALL STACK view to make the tree more compact.
consoleMode?: DebugConsoleMode
Controls whether this session should have a separate debug console or share it with the parent session. Has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session. Defaults to Separate.
lifecycleManagedByParent?: boolean
Controls whether lifecycle requests like 'restart' are sent to the newly created session or its parent session. By default (if the property is false or missing), lifecycle requests are sent to the new session. This property is ignored if the session has no parent session.
Controls whether this session should run without debugging, thus ignoring breakpoints. When this property is not specified, the value from the parent session (if there is one) is used.
parentSession?: DebugSession
When specified the newly created debug session is registered as a "child" session of this "parent" debug session.
suppressDebugStatusbar?: boolean
When true, the window statusbar color will not be changed for this session.
suppressDebugToolbar?: boolean
When true, the debug toolbar will not be shown for this session.
When true, the debug viewlet will not be automatically revealed for this session.
suppressSaveBeforeStart?: boolean
When true, a save will not be triggered for open editors when starting a debug session, regardless of the value of the debug.saveBeforeStart
setting.
testRun?: TestRun
Signals to the editor that the debug session was started from a test run request. This is used to link the lifecycle of the debug session and test run in UI actions.
DebugStackFrame
Represents a stack frame in a debug session.
Properties
ID of the stack frame in the debug protocol.
session: DebugSession
Debug session for thread.
ID of the associated thread in the debug protocol.
DebugThread
Represents a thread in a debug session.
Properties
session: DebugSession
Debug session for thread.
ID of the associated thread in the debug protocol.
Declaration
The declaration of a symbol representation as one or many locations or location links.
Declaration: Location | Location[] | LocationLink[]
DeclarationCoverage
Contains coverage information for a declaration. Depending on the reporter and language, this may be types such as functions, methods, or namespaces.
Constructors
new DeclarationCoverage(name: string, executed: number | boolean, location: Range | Position): DeclarationCoverage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | |
executed: number | boolean | The number of times this declaration was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the declaration will be marked as un-covered. |
location: Range | Position | The declaration position. |
Returns | Description |
DeclarationCoverage |
Properties
The number of times this declaration was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the declaration will be marked as un-covered.
Declaration location.
Name of the declaration.
DeclarationProvider
The declaration provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the go to declaration feature.
Methods
provideDeclaration(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Declaration>
Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Declaration> | A declaration or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
DecorationInstanceRenderOptions
Represents render options for decoration instances. See DecorationOptions.renderOptions.
Properties
after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
dark?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions
Overwrite options for dark themes.
light?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions
Overwrite options for light themes.
DecorationOptions
Represents options for a specific decoration in a decoration set.
Properties
hoverMessage?: MarkdownString | MarkedString | Array<MarkdownString | MarkedString>
A message that should be rendered when hovering over the decoration.
range: Range
Range to which this decoration is applied. The range must not be empty.
renderOptions?: DecorationInstanceRenderOptions
Render options applied to the current decoration. For performance reasons, keep the number of decoration specific options small, and use decoration types wherever possible.
DecorationRangeBehavior
Describes the behavior of decorations when typing/editing at their edges.
Enumeration Members
The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start or end.
The decoration's range will not widen when edits occur at the start or end.
The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start, but not at the end.
The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the end, but not at the start.
DecorationRenderOptions
Represents rendering styles for a text editor decoration.
Properties
after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
backgroundColor?: string | ThemeColor
Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations. Alternatively a color from the color registry can be referenced.
before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
borderColor?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
color?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
dark?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions
Overwrite options for dark themes.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
gutterIconPath?: string | Uri
An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.
Specifies the size of the gutter icon. Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value. For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx
Should the decoration be rendered also on the whitespace after the line text.
Defaults to false
.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
light?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions
Overwrite options for light themes.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
outlineColor?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
overviewRulerColor?: string | ThemeColor
The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.
overviewRulerLane?: OverviewRulerLane
The position in the overview ruler where the decoration should be rendered.
rangeBehavior?: DecorationRangeBehavior
Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when edits occur at the edges of the decoration's range.
Defaults to DecorationRangeBehavior.OpenOpen
.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
Definition
The definition of a symbol represented as one or many locations. For most programming languages there is only one location at which a symbol is defined.
Definition: Location | Location[]
DefinitionLink
Information about where a symbol is defined.
Provides additional metadata over normal Location definitions, including the range of the defining symbol
DefinitionLink: LocationLink
DefinitionProvider
The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the go to definition and peek definition features.
Methods
provideDefinition(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>
Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]> | A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
Diagnostic
Represents a diagnostic, such as a compiler error or warning. Diagnostic objects are only valid in the scope of a file.
Constructors
new Diagnostic(range: Range, message: string, severity?: DiagnosticSeverity): Diagnostic
Creates a new diagnostic object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range to which this diagnostic applies. |
message: string | The human-readable message. |
severity?: DiagnosticSeverity | The severity, default is error. |
Returns | Description |
Diagnostic |
Properties
code?: string | number | {target: Uri, value: string | number}
A code or identifier for this diagnostic. Should be used for later processing, e.g. when providing code actions.
The human-readable message.
range: Range
The range to which this diagnostic applies.
relatedInformation?: DiagnosticRelatedInformation[]
An array of related diagnostic information, e.g. when symbol-names within a scope collide all definitions can be marked via this property.
severity: DiagnosticSeverity
The severity, default is error.
A human-readable string describing the source of this diagnostic, e.g. 'typescript' or 'super lint'.
tags?: DiagnosticTag[]
Additional metadata about the diagnostic.
DiagnosticChangeEvent
The event that is fired when diagnostics change.
Properties
uris: readonly Uri[]
An array of resources for which diagnostics have changed.
DiagnosticCollection
A diagnostics collection is a container that manages a set of diagnostics. Diagnostics are always scopes to a diagnostics collection and a resource.
To get an instance of a DiagnosticCollection
use
createDiagnosticCollection.
Properties
The name of this diagnostic collection, for instance typescript
. Every diagnostic
from this collection will be associated with this name. Also, the task framework uses this
name when defining problem matchers.
Methods
Remove all diagnostics from this collection. The same
as calling #set(undefined)
;
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
delete(uri: Uri): void
Remove all diagnostics from this collection that belong
to the provided uri
. The same as #set(uri, undefined)
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
void |
Dispose and free associated resources. Calls clear.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
forEach(callback: (uri: Uri, diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[], collection: DiagnosticCollection) => any, thisArg?: any): void
Iterate over each entry in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (uri: Uri, diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[], collection: DiagnosticCollection) => any | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
get(uri: Uri): readonly Diagnostic[]
Get the diagnostics for a given resource. Note that you cannot modify the diagnostics-array returned from this call.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
readonly Diagnostic[] | An immutable array of diagnostics or |
has(uri: Uri): boolean
Check if this collection contains diagnostics for a given resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
set(uri: Uri, diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[]): void
Assign diagnostics for given resource. Will replace existing diagnostics for that resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[] | Array of diagnostics or |
Returns | Description |
void |
set(entries: ReadonlyArray<[Uri, readonly Diagnostic[]]>): void
Replace diagnostics for multiple resources in this collection.
Note that multiple tuples of the same uri will be merged, e.g
[[file1, [d1]], [file1, [d2]]]
is equivalent to [[file1, [d1, d2]]]
.
If a diagnostics item is undefined
as in [file1, undefined]
all previous but not subsequent diagnostics are removed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
entries: ReadonlyArray<[Uri, readonly Diagnostic[]]> | An array of tuples, like |
Returns | Description |
void |
DiagnosticRelatedInformation
Represents a related message and source code location for a diagnostic. This should be used to point to code locations that cause or related to a diagnostics, e.g. when duplicating a symbol in a scope.
Constructors
new DiagnosticRelatedInformation(location: Location, message: string): DiagnosticRelatedInformation
Creates a new related diagnostic information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
location: Location | The location. |
message: string | The message. |
Returns | Description |
DiagnosticRelatedInformation |
Properties
location: Location
The location of this related diagnostic information.
The message of this related diagnostic information.
DiagnosticSeverity
Represents the severity of diagnostics.
Enumeration Members
Something not allowed by the rules of a language or other means.
Something suspicious but allowed.
Something to inform about but not a problem.
Something to hint to a better way of doing it, like proposing a refactoring.
DiagnosticTag
Additional metadata about the type of a diagnostic.
Enumeration Members
Unused or unnecessary code.
Diagnostics with this tag are rendered faded out. The amount of fading
is controlled by the "editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity"
theme color. For
example, "editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity": "#000000c0"
will render the
code with 75% opacity. For high contrast themes, use the
"editorUnnecessaryCode.border"
theme color to underline unnecessary code
instead of fading it out.
Deprecated or obsolete code.
Diagnostics with this tag are rendered with a strike through.
Disposable
Represents a type which can release resources, such as event listening or a timer.
Static
from(...disposableLikes: Array<{dispose: () => any}>): Disposable
Combine many disposable-likes into one. You can use this method when having objects with
a dispose function which aren't instances of Disposable
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
...disposableLikes: Array<{dispose: () => any}> | Objects that have at least a |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Returns a new disposable which, upon dispose, will dispose all provided disposables. |
Constructors
new Disposable(callOnDispose: () => any): Disposable
Creates a new disposable that calls the provided function on dispose.
Note that an asynchronous function is not awaited.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callOnDispose: () => any | Function that disposes something. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable |
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
DocumentColorProvider
The document color provider defines the contract between extensions and feature of picking and modifying colors in the editor.
Methods
provideColorPresentations(color: Color, context: {document: TextDocument, range: Range}, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<ColorPresentation[]>
Provide representations for a color.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
color: Color | The color to show and insert. |
context: {document: TextDocument, range: Range} | A context object with additional information |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<ColorPresentation[]> | An array of color presentations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
can be signaled by returning |
provideDocumentColors(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<ColorInformation[]>
Provide colors for the given document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<ColorInformation[]> | An array of color information or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
can be signaled by returning |
DocumentDropEdit
An edit operation applied on drop.
Constructors
new DocumentDropEdit(insertText: string | SnippetString): DocumentDropEdit
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
insertText: string | SnippetString | The text or snippet to insert at the drop location. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentDropEdit |
Properties
additionalEdit?: WorkspaceEdit
An optional additional edit to apply on drop.
insertText: string | SnippetString
The text or snippet to insert at the drop location.
DocumentDropEditProvider
Provider which handles dropping of resources into a text editor.
This allows users to drag and drop resources (including resources from external apps) into the editor. While dragging
and dropping files, users can hold down shift
to drop the file into the editor instead of opening it.
Requires editor.dropIntoEditor.enabled
to be on.
Methods
provideDocumentDropEdits(document: TextDocument, position: Position, dataTransfer: DataTransfer, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentDropEdit>
Provide edits which inserts the content being dragged and dropped into the document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the drop occurred. |
position: Position | The position in the document where the drop occurred. |
dataTransfer: DataTransfer | A DataTransfer object that holds data about what is being dragged and dropped. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DocumentDropEdit> | A DocumentDropEdit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
DocumentFilter
A document filter denotes a document by different properties like the language, the scheme of its resource, or a glob-pattern that is applied to the path.
Example A language filter that applies to typescript files on disk
{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }
Example A language filter that applies to all package.json paths
{ language: 'json', pattern: '**/package.json' }
Properties
A language id, like typescript
.
The type of a notebook, like jupyter-notebook
. This allows
to narrow down on the type of a notebook that a cell document belongs to.
Note that setting the notebookType
-property changes how scheme
and pattern
are interpreted. When set
they are evaluated against the notebook uri, not the document uri.
Example
Match python document inside jupyter notebook that aren't stored yet (untitled
)
{ language: 'python', notebookType: 'jupyter-notebook', scheme: 'untitled' }
pattern?: GlobPattern
A glob pattern that is matched on the absolute path of the document. Use a relative pattern to filter documents to a workspace folder.
A Uri scheme, like file
or untitled
.
DocumentFormattingEditProvider
The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the formatting-feature.
Methods
provideDocumentFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>
Provide formatting edits for a whole document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
DocumentHighlight
A document highlight is a range inside a text document which deserves special attention. Usually a document highlight is visualized by changing the background color of its range.
Constructors
new DocumentHighlight(range: Range, kind?: DocumentHighlightKind): DocumentHighlight
Creates a new document highlight object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range the highlight applies to. |
kind?: DocumentHighlightKind | The highlight kind, default is text. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentHighlight |
Properties
kind?: DocumentHighlightKind
The highlight kind, default is text.
range: Range
The range this highlight applies to.
DocumentHighlightKind
A document highlight kind.
Enumeration Members
A textual occurrence.
Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable.
Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable.
DocumentHighlightProvider
The document highlight provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the word-highlight-feature.
Methods
provideDocumentHighlights(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]>
Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or all exit-points of a function.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]> | An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
DocumentLink
A document link is a range in a text document that links to an internal or external resource, like another text document or a web site.
Constructors
new DocumentLink(range: Range, target?: Uri): DocumentLink
Creates a new document link.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range the document link applies to. Must not be empty. |
target?: Uri | The uri the document link points to. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentLink |
Properties
range: Range
The range this link applies to.
target?: Uri
The uri this link points to.
The tooltip text when you hover over this link.
If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on how to
trigger the link, such as {0} (ctrl + click)
. The specific instructions vary depending on OS,
user settings, and localization.
DocumentLinkProvider<T>
The document link provider defines the contract between extensions and feature of showing links in the editor.
Methods
provideDocumentLinks(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T[]>
Provide links for the given document. Note that the editor ships with a default provider that detects
http(s)
and file
links.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of document links or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
can be signaled by returning |
resolveDocumentLink(link: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>
Given a link fill in its target. This method is called when an incomplete link is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete links (without target) from the provideDocumentLinks method which often helps to improve performance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
link: T | The link that is to be resolved. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> |
DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider
The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the formatting-feature.
Methods
provideDocumentRangeFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, range: Range, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>
Provide formatting edits for a range in a document.
The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smaller or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end of the range to full syntax nodes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
range: Range | The range which should be formatted. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
provideDocumentRangesFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, ranges: Range[], options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>
Provide formatting edits for multiple ranges in a document.
This function is optional but allows a formatter to perform faster when formatting only modified ranges or when formatting a large number of selections.
The given ranges are hints and providers can decide to format a smaller or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end of the range to full syntax nodes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
ranges: Range[] | The ranges which should be formatted. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider
The document range semantic tokens provider interface defines the contract between extensions and semantic tokens.
Methods
provideDocumentRangeSemanticTokens(document: TextDocument, range: Range, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>
See also provideDocumentSemanticTokens.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
range: Range | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens> |
DocumentSelector
A language selector is the combination of one or many language identifiers and language filters.
Note that a document selector that is just a language identifier selects all documents, even those that are not saved on disk. Only use such selectors when a feature works without further context, e.g. without the need to resolve related 'files'.
Example
let sel: DocumentSelector = { scheme: 'file', language: 'typescript' };
DocumentSelector: DocumentFilter | string | ReadonlyArray<DocumentFilter | string>
DocumentSemanticTokensProvider
The document semantic tokens provider interface defines the contract between extensions and semantic tokens.
Events
onDidChangeSemanticTokens?: Event<void>
An optional event to signal that the semantic tokens from this provider have changed.
Methods
provideDocumentSemanticTokens(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>
Tokens in a file are represented as an array of integers. The position of each token is expressed relative to the token before it, because most tokens remain stable relative to each other when edits are made in a file.
In short, each token takes 5 integers to represent, so a specific token i
in the file consists of the following array indices:
- at index
5*i
-deltaLine
: token line number, relative to the previous token - at index
5*i+1
-deltaStart
: token start character, relative to the previous token (relative to 0 or the previous token's start if they are on the same line) - at index
5*i+2
-length
: the length of the token. A token cannot be multiline. - at index
5*i+3
-tokenType
: will be looked up inSemanticTokensLegend.tokenTypes
. We currently ask thattokenType
< 65536. - at index
5*i+4
-tokenModifiers
: each set bit will be looked up inSemanticTokensLegend.tokenModifiers
How to encode tokens
Here is an example for encoding a file with 3 tokens in a uint32 array:
{ line: 2, startChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: "property", tokenModifiers: ["private", "static"] },
{ line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: "type", tokenModifiers: [] },
{ line: 5, startChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: "class", tokenModifiers: [] }
- First of all, a legend must be devised. This legend must be provided up-front and capture all possible token types. For this example, we will choose the following legend which must be passed in when registering the provider:
tokenTypes: ['property', 'type', 'class'],
tokenModifiers: ['private', 'static']
- The first transformation step is to encode
tokenType
andtokenModifiers
as integers using the legend. Token types are looked up by index, so atokenType
value of1
meanstokenTypes[1]
. Multiple token modifiers can be set by using bit flags, so atokenModifier
value of3
is first viewed as binary0b00000011
, which means[tokenModifiers[0], tokenModifiers[1]]
because bits 0 and 1 are set. Using this legend, the tokens now are:
{ line: 2, startChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },
{ line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },
{ line: 5, startChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
- The next step is to represent each token relative to the previous token in the file. In this case, the second token
is on the same line as the first token, so the
startChar
of the second token is made relative to thestartChar
of the first token, so it will be10 - 5
. The third token is on a different line than the second token, so thestartChar
of the third token will not be altered:
{ deltaLine: 2, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },
{ deltaLine: 0, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },
{ deltaLine: 3, deltaStartChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
- Finally, the last step is to inline each of the 5 fields for a token in a single array, which is a memory friendly representation:
// 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token
[ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ]
See also SemanticTokensBuilder for a helper to encode tokens as integers. NOTE: When doing edits, it is possible that multiple edits occur until the editor decides to invoke the semantic tokens provider. NOTE: If the provider cannot temporarily compute semantic tokens, it can indicate this by throwing an error with the message 'Busy'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens> |
provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits(document: TextDocument, previousResultId: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SemanticTokens | SemanticTokensEdits>
Instead of always returning all the tokens in a file, it is possible for a DocumentSemanticTokensProvider
to implement
this method (provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits
) and then return incremental updates to the previously provided semantic tokens.
How tokens change when the document changes
Suppose that provideDocumentSemanticTokens
has previously returned the following semantic tokens:
// 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token
[ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ]
Also suppose that after some edits, the new semantic tokens in a file are:
// 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token
[ 3,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ]
It is possible to express these new tokens in terms of an edit applied to the previous tokens:
[ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] // old tokens
[ 3,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] // new tokens
edit: { start: 0, deleteCount: 1, data: [3] } // replace integer at offset 0 with 3
NOTE: If the provider cannot compute SemanticTokensEdits
, it can "give up" and return all the tokens in the document again.
NOTE: All edits in SemanticTokensEdits
contain indices in the old integers array, so they all refer to the previous result state.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
previousResultId: string | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens | SemanticTokensEdits> |
DocumentSymbol
Represents programming constructs like variables, classes, interfaces etc. that appear in a document. Document symbols can be hierarchical and they have two ranges: one that encloses its definition and one that points to its most interesting range, e.g. the range of an identifier.
Constructors
new DocumentSymbol(name: string, detail: string, kind: SymbolKind, range: Range, selectionRange: Range): DocumentSymbol
Creates a new document symbol.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the symbol. |
detail: string | Details for the symbol. |
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the symbol. |
range: Range | The full range of the symbol. |
selectionRange: Range | The range that should be reveal. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentSymbol |
Properties
children: DocumentSymbol[]
Children of this symbol, e.g. properties of a class.
More detail for this symbol, e.g. the signature of a function.
kind: SymbolKind
The kind of this symbol.
The name of this symbol.
range: Range
The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.
selectionRange: Range
The range that should be selected and reveal when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. Must be contained by the range.
tags?: readonly Deprecated[]
Tags for this symbol.
DocumentSymbolProvider
The document symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the go to symbol-feature.
Methods
provideDocumentSymbols(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentSymbol[] | SymbolInformation[]>
Provide symbol information for the given document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DocumentSymbol[] | SymbolInformation[]> | An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata
Metadata about a document symbol provider.
Properties
A human-readable string that is shown when multiple outlines trees show for one document.
EndOfLine
Represents an end of line character sequence in a document.
Enumeration Members
The line feed \n
character.
The carriage return line feed \r\n
sequence.
EnterAction
Describes what to do when pressing Enter.
Properties
Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation.
indentAction: IndentAction
Describe what to do with the indentation.
Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation.
EnvironmentVariableCollection
A collection of mutations that an extension can apply to a process environment.
Properties
description: string | MarkdownString
A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe the changes in the UI.
Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminal across window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when the window reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. The collection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collection is cleared. Defaults to true.
Methods
append(variable: string, value: string, options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions): void
Append a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to append to. |
value: string | The value to append to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
Clears all mutators from this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
delete(variable: string): void
Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.
forEach(callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any, thisArg?: any): void
Iterate over each mutator in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
get(variable: string): EnvironmentVariableMutator
Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to get the mutator for. |
Returns | Description |
EnvironmentVariableMutator |
prepend(variable: string, value: string, options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions): void
Prepend a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to prepend. |
value: string | The value to prepend to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
replace(variable: string, value: string, options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions): void
Replace an environment variable with a value.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to replace. |
value: string | The value to replace the variable with. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
EnvironmentVariableMutator
A type of mutation and its value to be applied to an environment variable.
Properties
options: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions
Options applied to the mutator.
type: EnvironmentVariableMutatorType
The type of mutation that will occur to the variable.
The value to use for the variable.
EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions
Options applied to the mutator.
Properties
applyAtProcessCreation?: boolean
Apply to the environment just before the process is created. Defaults to false.
applyAtShellIntegration?: boolean
Apply to the environment in the shell integration script. Note that this will not apply the mutator if shell integration is disabled or not working for some reason. Defaults to false.
EnvironmentVariableMutatorType
A type of mutation that can be applied to an environment variable.
Enumeration Members
Replace the variable's existing value.
Append to the end of the variable's existing value.
Prepend to the start of the variable's existing value.
EnvironmentVariableScope
The scope object to which the environment variable collection applies.
Properties
workspaceFolder?: WorkspaceFolder
Any specific workspace folder to get collection for.
EvaluatableExpression
An EvaluatableExpression represents an expression in a document that can be evaluated by an active debugger or runtime. The result of this evaluation is shown in a tooltip-like widget. If only a range is specified, the expression will be extracted from the underlying document. An optional expression can be used to override the extracted expression. In this case the range is still used to highlight the range in the document.
Constructors
new EvaluatableExpression(range: Range, expression?: string): EvaluatableExpression
Creates a new evaluatable expression object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted. |
expression?: string | If specified overrides the extracted expression. |
Returns | Description |
EvaluatableExpression |
Properties
range: Range
EvaluatableExpressionProvider
The evaluatable expression provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the debug hover. In this contract the provider returns an evaluatable expression for a given position in a document and the editor evaluates this expression in the active debug session and shows the result in a debug hover.
Methods
provideEvaluatableExpression(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<EvaluatableExpression>
Provide an evaluatable expression for the given document and position. The editor will evaluate this expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover. The expression can be implicitly specified by the range in the underlying document or by explicitly returning an expression.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document for which the debug hover is about to appear. |
position: Position | The line and character position in the document where the debug hover is about to appear. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<EvaluatableExpression> | An EvaluatableExpression or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
Event<T>
Represents a typed event.
A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with a listener function as argument.
Example
item.onDidChange(function(event) {
console.log('Event happened: ' + event);
});
(listener: (e: T) => any, thisArgs?: any, disposables?: Disposable[]): Disposable
A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with a listener function as argument.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
listener: (e: T) => any | The listener function will be called when the event happens. |
thisArgs?: any | The |
disposables?: Disposable[] | An array to which a Disposable will be added. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which unsubscribes the event listener. |
EventEmitter<T>
An event emitter can be used to create and manage an Event for others to subscribe to. One emitter always owns one event.
Use this class if you want to provide event from within your extension, for instance inside a TextDocumentContentProvider or when providing API to other extensions.
Constructors
new EventEmitter<T>(): EventEmitter<T>
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
EventEmitter<T> |
Properties
event: Event<T>
The event listeners can subscribe to.
Methods
Dispose this object and free resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Notify all subscribers of the event. Failure of one or more listener will not fail this function call.
Extension<T>
Represents an extension.
To get an instance of an Extension
use getExtension.
Properties
The public API exported by this extension (return value of activate
).
It is an invalid action to access this field before this extension has been activated.
extensionKind: ExtensionKind
The extension kind describes if an extension runs where the UI runs
or if an extension runs where the remote extension host runs. The extension kind
is defined in the package.json
-file of extensions but can also be refined
via the remote.extensionKind
-setting. When no remote extension host exists,
the value is ExtensionKind.UI.
The absolute file path of the directory containing this extension. Shorthand notation for Extension.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).
extensionUri: Uri
The uri of the directory containing the extension.
The canonical extension identifier in the form of: publisher.name
.
true
if the extension has been activated.
The parsed contents of the extension's package.json.
Methods
Activates this extension and returns its public API.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T> | A promise that will resolve when this extension has been activated. |
ExtensionContext
An extension context is a collection of utilities private to an extension.
An instance of an ExtensionContext
is provided as the first
parameter to the activate
-call of an extension.
Properties
environmentVariableCollection: GlobalEnvironmentVariableCollection
Gets the extension's global environment variable collection for this workspace, enabling changes to be applied to terminal environment variables.
extension: Extension<any>
The current Extension
instance.
extensionMode: ExtensionMode
The mode the extension is running in. See ExtensionMode for possible values and scenarios.
The absolute file path of the directory containing the extension. Shorthand notation for ExtensionContext.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).
extensionUri: Uri
The uri of the directory containing the extension.
globalState: Memento & {setKeysForSync}
A memento object that stores state independent of the current opened workspace.
An absolute file path in which the extension can store global state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
Use globalState to store key value data.
- deprecated - Use globalStorageUri instead.
globalStorageUri: Uri
The uri of a directory in which the extension can store global state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
Use globalState to store key value data.
See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.
languageModelAccessInformation: LanguageModelAccessInformation
An object that keeps information about how this extension can use language models.
See also LanguageModelChat.sendRequest
An absolute file path of a directory in which the extension can create log files. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
- deprecated - Use logUri instead.
logUri: Uri
The uri of a directory in which the extension can create log files. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.
secrets: SecretStorage
A storage utility for secrets. Secrets are persisted across reloads and are independent of the current opened workspace.
An absolute file path of a workspace specific directory in which the extension can store private state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
Use workspaceState or globalState to store key value data.
- deprecated - Use storageUri instead.
storageUri: Uri
The uri of a workspace specific directory in which the extension
can store private state. The directory might not exist and creation is
up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
The value is undefined
when no workspace nor folder has been opened.
Use workspaceState or globalState to store key value data.
See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.
subscriptions: Array<{dispose}>
An array to which disposables can be added. When this extension is deactivated the disposables will be disposed.
Note that asynchronous dispose-functions aren't awaited.
workspaceState: Memento
A memento object that stores state in the context of the currently opened workspace.
Methods
asAbsolutePath(relativePath: string): string
Get the absolute path of a resource contained in the extension.
Note that an absolute uri can be constructed via Uri.joinPath and
extensionUri, e.g. vscode.Uri.joinPath(context.extensionUri, relativePath);
ExtensionKind
In a remote window the extension kind describes if an extension runs where the UI (window) runs or if an extension runs remotely.
Enumeration Members
Extension runs where the UI runs.
Extension runs where the remote extension host runs.
ExtensionMode
The ExtensionMode is provided on the ExtensionContext
and indicates the
mode the specific extension is running in.
Enumeration Members
The extension is installed normally (for example, from the marketplace or VSIX) in the editor.
The extension is running from an --extensionDevelopmentPath
provided
when launching the editor.
The extension is running from an --extensionTestsPath
and
the extension host is running unit tests.
ExtensionTerminalOptions
Value-object describing what options a virtual process terminal should use.
Properties
color?: ThemeColor
The icon ThemeColor for the terminal.
The standard terminal.ansi*
theme keys are
recommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.
iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the terminal.
Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload.
This will only take effect when terminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions
is enabled.
location?: TerminalEditorLocationOptions | TerminalSplitLocationOptions | TerminalLocation
The TerminalLocation or TerminalEditorLocationOptions or TerminalSplitLocationOptions for the terminal.
A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.
pty: Pseudoterminal
An implementation of Pseudoterminal that allows an extension to control a terminal.
FileChangeEvent
The event filesystem providers must use to signal a file change.
Properties
type: FileChangeType
The type of change.
uri: Uri
The uri of the file that has changed.
FileChangeType
Enumeration of file change types.
Enumeration Members
The contents or metadata of a file have changed.
A file has been created.
A file has been deleted.
FileCoverage
Contains coverage metadata for a file.
Static
fromDetails(uri: Uri, details: readonly FileCoverageDetail[]): FileCoverage
Creates a FileCoverage instance with counts filled in from the coverage details.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Covered file URI |
details: readonly FileCoverageDetail[] | |
Returns | Description |
FileCoverage |
Constructors
new FileCoverage(uri: Uri, statementCoverage: TestCoverageCount, branchCoverage?: TestCoverageCount, declarationCoverage?: TestCoverageCount): FileCoverage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Covered file URI |
statementCoverage: TestCoverageCount | Statement coverage information. If the reporter does not provide statement coverage information, this can instead be used to represent line coverage. |
branchCoverage?: TestCoverageCount | Branch coverage information |
declarationCoverage?: TestCoverageCount | Declaration coverage information |
Returns | Description |
FileCoverage |
Properties
branchCoverage?: TestCoverageCount
Branch coverage information.
declarationCoverage?: TestCoverageCount
Declaration coverage information. Depending on the reporter and language, this may be types such as functions, methods, or namespaces.
statementCoverage: TestCoverageCount
Statement coverage information. If the reporter does not provide statement coverage information, this can instead be used to represent line coverage.
uri: Uri
File URI.
FileCoverageDetail
Coverage details returned from TestRunProfile.loadDetailedCoverage.
FileCoverageDetail: StatementCoverage | DeclarationCoverage
FileCreateEvent
An event that is fired after files are created.
Properties
files: readonly Uri[]
The files that got created.
FileDecoration
A file decoration represents metadata that can be rendered with a file.
Constructors
new FileDecoration(badge?: string, tooltip?: string, color?: ThemeColor): FileDecoration
Creates a new decoration.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
badge?: string | A letter that represents the decoration. |
tooltip?: string | The tooltip of the decoration. |
color?: ThemeColor | The color of the decoration. |
Returns | Description |
FileDecoration |
Properties
A very short string that represents this decoration.
color?: ThemeColor
The color of this decoration.
A flag expressing that this decoration should be propagated to its parents.
A human-readable tooltip for this decoration.
FileDecorationProvider
The decoration provider interfaces defines the contract between extensions and file decorations.
Events
onDidChangeFileDecorations?: Event<Uri | Uri[]>
An optional event to signal that decorations for one or many files have changed.
Note that this event should be used to propagate information about children.
See also EventEmitter
Methods
provideFileDecoration(uri: Uri, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<FileDecoration>
Provide decorations for a given uri.
Note that this function is only called when a file gets rendered in the UI. This means a decoration from a descendent that propagates upwards must be signaled to the editor via the onDidChangeFileDecorations-event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file to provide a decoration for. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<FileDecoration> | A decoration or a thenable that resolves to such. |
FileDeleteEvent
An event that is fired after files are deleted.
Properties
files: readonly Uri[]
The files that got deleted.
FilePermission
Permissions of a file.
Enumeration Members
The file is readonly.
Note: All FileStat
from a FileSystemProvider
that is registered with
the option isReadonly: true
will be implicitly handled as if FilePermission.Readonly
is set. As a consequence, it is not possible to have a readonly file system provider
registered where some FileStat
are not readonly.
FileRenameEvent
An event that is fired after files are renamed.
Properties
files: ReadonlyArray<{newUri: Uri, oldUri: Uri}>
The files that got renamed.
FileStat
The FileStat
-type represents metadata about a file
Properties
The creation timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.
The modification timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.
Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated mtime
that advanced
from the previous value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show
the updated file contents in an editor for example.
permissions?: Readonly
The permissions of the file, e.g. whether the file is readonly.
Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g. FilePermission.Readonly | FilePermission.Other
.
The size in bytes.
Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated size
. Otherwise there
may be optimizations in place that will not show the updated file contents in an editor for
example.
type: FileType
The type of the file, e.g. is a regular file, a directory, or symbolic link to a file.
Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g. FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink
.
FileSystem
The file system interface exposes the editor's built-in and contributed file system providers. It allows extensions to work with files from the local disk as well as files from remote places, like the remote extension host or ftp-servers.
Note that an instance of this interface is available as workspace.fs.
Methods
copy(source: Uri, target: Uri, options?: {overwrite: boolean}): Thenable<void>
Copy files or folders.
createDirectory(uri: Uri): Thenable<void>
Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via write
-calls).
Note that missing directories are created automatically, e.g this call has
mkdirp
semantics.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the new folder. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
delete(uri: Uri, options?: {recursive: boolean, useTrash: boolean}): Thenable<void>
Delete a file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The resource that is to be deleted. |
options?: {recursive: boolean, useTrash: boolean} | Defines if trash can should be used and if deletion of folders is recursive |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
isWritableFileSystem(scheme: string): boolean
Check if a given file system supports writing files.
Keep in mind that just because a file system supports writing, that does not mean that writes will always succeed. There may be permissions issues or other errors that prevent writing a file.
readDirectory(uri: Uri): Thenable<Array<[string, FileType]>>
Retrieve all entries of a directory.
readFile(uri: Uri): Thenable<Uint8Array>
Read the entire contents of a file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uint8Array> | An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such. |
rename(source: Uri, target: Uri, options?: {overwrite: boolean}): Thenable<void>
Rename a file or folder.
stat(uri: Uri): Thenable<FileStat>
Retrieve metadata about a file.
writeFile(uri: Uri, content: Uint8Array): Thenable<void>
Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file. |
content: Uint8Array | The new content of the file. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
FileSystemError
A type that filesystem providers should use to signal errors.
This class has factory methods for common error-cases, like FileNotFound
when
a file or folder doesn't exist, use them like so: throw vscode.FileSystemError.FileNotFound(someUri);
Static
FileExists(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file or folder already exists, e.g. when creating but not overwriting a file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
FileIsADirectory(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file is a folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
FileNotADirectory(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file is not a folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
FileNotFound(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file or folder wasn't found.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
NoPermissions(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that an operation lacks required permissions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
Unavailable(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that the file system is unavailable or too busy to complete a request.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
Constructors
new FileSystemError(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError
Creates a new filesystem error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
Properties
A code that identifies this error.
Possible values are names of errors, like FileNotFound,
or Unknown
for unspecified errors.
FileSystemProvider
The filesystem provider defines what the editor needs to read, write, discover, and to manage files and folders. It allows extensions to serve files from remote places, like ftp-servers, and to seamlessly integrate those into the editor.
- Note 1: The filesystem provider API works with uris and assumes hierarchical
paths, e.g.
foo:/my/path
is a child offoo:/my/
and a parent offoo:/my/path/deeper
. - Note 2: There is an activation event
onFileSystem:<scheme>
that fires when a file or folder is being accessed. - Note 3: The word 'file' is often used to denote all kinds of files, e.g. folders, symbolic links, and regular files.
Events
onDidChangeFile: Event<FileChangeEvent[]>
An event to signal that a resource has been created, changed, or deleted. This event should fire for resources that are being watched by clients of this provider.
Note: It is important that the metadata of the file that changed provides an
updated mtime
that advanced from the previous value in the stat and a
correct size
value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show
the change in an editor for example.
Methods
copy(source: Uri, destination: Uri, options: {overwrite: boolean}): void | Thenable<void>
Copy files or folders. Implementing this function is optional but it will speedup the copy operation.
- throws - FileNotFound when
source
doesn't exist.
- throws - FileNotFound when parent of
destination
doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
destination
exists and when theoverwrite
option is nottrue
.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
createDirectory(uri: Uri): void | Thenable<void>
Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via write
-calls).
- throws - FileNotFound when the parent of
uri
doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
uri
already exists.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the new folder. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
delete(uri: Uri, options: {recursive: boolean}): void | Thenable<void>
Delete a file.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The resource that is to be deleted. |
options: {recursive: boolean} | Defines if deletion of folders is recursive. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
readDirectory(uri: Uri): Array<[string, FileType]> | Thenable<Array<[string, FileType]>>
Retrieve all entries of a directory.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
readFile(uri: Uri): Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array>
Read the entire contents of a file.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file. |
Returns | Description |
Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array> | An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such. |
rename(oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri, options: {overwrite: boolean}): void | Thenable<void>
Rename a file or folder.
- throws - FileNotFound when
oldUri
doesn't exist.
- throws - FileNotFound when parent of
newUri
doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
newUri
exists and when theoverwrite
option is nottrue
.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
stat(uri: Uri): FileStat | Thenable<FileStat>
Retrieve metadata about a file.
Note that the metadata for symbolic links should be the metadata of the file they refer to.
Still, the SymbolicLink-type must be used in addition to the actual type, e.g.
FileType.SymbolicLink | FileType.Directory
.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
watch(uri: Uri, options: {excludes: readonly string[], recursive: boolean}): Disposable
Subscribes to file change events in the file or folder denoted by uri
. For folders,
the option recursive
indicates whether subfolders, sub-subfolders, etc. should
be watched for file changes as well. With recursive: false
, only changes to the
files that are direct children of the folder should trigger an event.
The excludes
array is used to indicate paths that should be excluded from file
watching. It is typically derived from the files.watcherExclude
setting that
is configurable by the user. Each entry can be be:
- the absolute path to exclude
- a relative path to exclude (for example
build/output
) - a simple glob pattern (for example
**/build
,output/**
)
It is the file system provider's job to call onDidChangeFile for every change given these rules. No event should be emitted for files that match any of the provided excludes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file or folder to be watched. |
options: {excludes: readonly string[], recursive: boolean} | Configures the watch. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that tells the provider to stop watching the |
writeFile(uri: Uri, content: Uint8Array, options: {create: boolean, overwrite: boolean}): void | Thenable<void>
Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist andcreate
is not set.
- throws - FileNotFound when the parent of
uri
doesn't exist andcreate
is set, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
uri
already exists,create
is set butoverwrite
is not set.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file. |
content: Uint8Array | The new content of the file. |
options: {create: boolean, overwrite: boolean} | Defines if missing files should or must be created. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
FileSystemWatcher
A file system watcher notifies about changes to files and folders on disk or from other FileSystemProviders.
To get an instance of a FileSystemWatcher
use
createFileSystemWatcher.
Events
An event which fires on file/folder change.
An event which fires on file/folder creation.
An event which fires on file/folder deletion.
Properties
true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores change file system events.
true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores creation file system events.
true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores delete file system events.
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
FileType
Enumeration of file types. The types File
and Directory
can also be
a symbolic links, in that case use FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink
and
FileType.Directory | FileType.SymbolicLink
.
Enumeration Members
The file type is unknown.
A regular file.
A directory.
A symbolic link to a file.
FileWillCreateEvent
An event that is fired when files are going to be created.
To make modifications to the workspace before the files are created, call the waitUntil-function with a thenable that resolves to a workspace edit.
Properties
files: readonly Uri[]
The files that are going to be created.
token: CancellationToken
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>): void
Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<any>): void
Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
FileWillDeleteEvent
An event that is fired when files are going to be deleted.
To make modifications to the workspace before the files are deleted,
call the waitUntil
-function with a
thenable that resolves to a workspace edit.
Properties
files: readonly Uri[]
The files that are going to be deleted.
token: CancellationToken
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>): void
Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<any>): void
Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
FileWillRenameEvent
An event that is fired when files are going to be renamed.
To make modifications to the workspace before the files are renamed,
call the waitUntil
-function with a
thenable that resolves to a workspace edit.
Properties
files: ReadonlyArray<{newUri: Uri, oldUri: Uri}>
The files that are going to be renamed.
token: CancellationToken
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>): void
Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<any>): void
Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
FoldingContext
Folding context (for future use)
FoldingRange
A line based folding range. To be valid, start and end line must be bigger than zero and smaller than the number of lines in the document. Invalid ranges will be ignored.
Constructors
new FoldingRange(start: number, end: number, kind?: FoldingRangeKind): FoldingRange
Creates a new folding range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | The start line of the folded range. |
end: number | The end line of the folded range. |
kind?: FoldingRangeKind | The kind of the folding range. |
Returns | Description |
FoldingRange |
Properties
The zero-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character. To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.
kind?: FoldingRangeKind
Describes the Kind of the folding range such as Comment or Region. The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commands like 'Fold all comments'. See FoldingRangeKind for an enumeration of all kinds. If not set, the range is originated from a syntax element.
The zero-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character. To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.
FoldingRangeKind
An enumeration of specific folding range kinds. The kind is an optional field of a FoldingRange
and is used to distinguish specific folding ranges such as ranges originated from comments. The kind is used by commands like
Fold all comments
or Fold all regions
.
If the kind is not set on the range, the range originated from a syntax element other than comments, imports or region markers.
Enumeration Members
Kind for folding range representing a comment.
Kind for folding range representing a import.
Kind for folding range representing regions originating from folding markers like #region
and #endregion
.
FoldingRangeProvider
The folding range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and Folding in the editor.
Events
onDidChangeFoldingRanges?: Event<void>
An optional event to signal that the folding ranges from this provider have changed.
Methods
provideFoldingRanges(document: TextDocument, context: FoldingContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]>
Returns a list of folding ranges or null and undefined if the provider does not want to participate or was cancelled.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
context: FoldingContext | Additional context information (for future use) |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]> |
FormattingOptions
Value-object describing what options formatting should use.
Properties
Prefer spaces over tabs.
Size of a tab in spaces.
FunctionBreakpoint
A breakpoint specified by a function name.
Constructors
new FunctionBreakpoint(functionName: string, enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string): FunctionBreakpoint
Create a new function breakpoint.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
functionName: string | |
enabled?: boolean | |
condition?: string | |
hitCondition?: string | |
logMessage?: string | |
Returns | Description |
FunctionBreakpoint |
Properties
An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.
Is breakpoint enabled.
The name of the function to which this breakpoint is attached.
An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.
The unique ID of the breakpoint.
An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.
GlobalEnvironmentVariableCollection
A collection of mutations that an extension can apply to a process environment. Applies to all scopes.
Properties
description: string | MarkdownString
A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe the changes in the UI.
Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminal across window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when the window reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. The collection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collection is cleared. Defaults to true.
Methods
append(variable: string, value: string, options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions): void
Append a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to append to. |
value: string | The value to append to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
Clears all mutators from this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
delete(variable: string): void
Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.
forEach(callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any, thisArg?: any): void
Iterate over each mutator in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
get(variable: string): EnvironmentVariableMutator
Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to get the mutator for. |
Returns | Description |
EnvironmentVariableMutator |
getScoped(scope: EnvironmentVariableScope): EnvironmentVariableCollection
Gets scope-specific environment variable collection for the extension. This enables alterations to terminal environment variables solely within the designated scope, and is applied in addition to (and after) the global collection.
Each object obtained through this method is isolated and does not impact objects for other scopes, including the global collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scope: EnvironmentVariableScope | The scope to which the environment variable collection applies to. If a scope parameter is omitted, collection applicable to all relevant scopes for that parameter is returned. For instance, if the 'workspaceFolder' parameter is not specified, the collection that applies across all workspace folders will be returned. |
Returns | Description |
EnvironmentVariableCollection | Environment variable collection for the passed in scope. |
prepend(variable: string, value: string, options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions): void
Prepend a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to prepend. |
value: string | The value to prepend to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
replace(variable: string, value: string, options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions): void
Replace an environment variable with a value.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to replace. |
value: string | The value to replace the variable with. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
GlobPattern
A file glob pattern to match file paths against. This can either be a glob pattern string
(like **/*.{ts,js}
or *.{ts,js}
) or a relative pattern.
Glob patterns can have the following syntax:
*
to match zero or more characters in a path segment?
to match on one character in a path segment**
to match any number of path segments, including none{}
to group conditions (e.g.**/*.{ts,js}
matches all TypeScript and JavaScript files)[]
to declare a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g.,example.[0-9]
to match onexample.0
,example.1
, …)[!...]
to negate a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g.,example.[!0-9]
to match onexample.a
,example.b
, but notexample.0
)
Note: a backslash (``) is not valid within a glob pattern. If you have an existing file path to match against, consider to use the relative pattern support that takes care of converting any backslash into slash. Otherwise, make sure to convert any backslash to slash when creating the glob pattern.
GlobPattern: string | RelativePattern
Hover
A hover represents additional information for a symbol or word. Hovers are rendered in a tooltip-like widget.
Constructors
new Hover(contents: MarkdownString | MarkedString | Array<MarkdownString | MarkedString>, range?: Range): Hover
Creates a new hover object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
contents: MarkdownString | MarkedString | Array<MarkdownString | MarkedString> | The contents of the hover. |
range?: Range | The range to which the hover applies. |
Returns | Description |
Hover |
Properties
contents: Array<MarkdownString | MarkedString>
The contents of this hover.
range?: Range
The range to which this hover applies. When missing, the editor will use the range at the current position or the current position itself.
HoverProvider
The hover provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the hover-feature.
Methods
provideHover(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Hover>
Provide a hover for the given position and document. Multiple hovers at the same position will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaults to the word range at the position when omitted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Hover> | A hover or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
ImplementationProvider
The implementation provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the go to implementation feature.
Methods
provideImplementation(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>
Provide the implementations of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]> | A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
IndentAction
Describes what to do with the indentation when pressing Enter.
Enumeration Members
Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation.
Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
Insert two new lines:
- the first one indented which will hold the cursor
- the second one at the same indentation level
Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
IndentationRule
Describes indentation rules for a language.
Properties
If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches).
If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches).
indentNextLinePattern?: RegExp
If a line matches this pattern, then only the next line after it should be indented once.
unIndentedLinePattern?: RegExp
If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules.
InlayHint
Inlay hint information.
Constructors
new InlayHint(position: Position, label: string | InlayHintLabelPart[], kind?: InlayHintKind): InlayHint
Creates a new inlay hint.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
position: Position | The position of the hint. |
label: string | InlayHintLabelPart[] | The label of the hint. |
kind?: InlayHintKind | The kind of the hint. |
Returns | Description |
InlayHint |
Properties
kind?: InlayHintKind
The kind of this hint. The inlay hint kind defines the appearance of this inlay hint.
label: string | InlayHintLabelPart[]
The label of this hint. A human readable string or an array of label parts.
Note that neither the string nor the label part can be empty.
Render padding before the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color, not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visually align/separate an inlay hint.
Render padding after the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color, not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visually align/separate an inlay hint.
position: Position
The position of this hint.
textEdits?: TextEdit[]
Optional text edits that are performed when accepting this inlay hint. The default gesture for accepting an inlay hint is the double click.
Note that edits are expected to change the document so that the inlay hint (or its nearest variant) is now part of the document and the inlay hint itself is now obsolete.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
tooltip?: string | MarkdownString
The tooltip text when you hover over this item.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
InlayHintKind
Inlay hint kinds.
The kind of an inline hint defines its appearance, e.g the corresponding foreground and background colors are being used.
Enumeration Members
An inlay hint that for a type annotation.
An inlay hint that is for a parameter.
InlayHintLabelPart
An inlay hint label part allows for interactive and composite labels of inlay hints.
Constructors
new InlayHintLabelPart(value: string): InlayHintLabelPart
Creates a new inlay hint label part.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The value of the part. |
Returns | Description |
InlayHintLabelPart |
Properties
command?: Command
location?: Location
An optional source code location that represents this label part.
The editor will use this location for the hover and for code navigation features: This part will become a clickable link that resolves to the definition of the symbol at the given location (not necessarily the location itself), it shows the hover that shows at the given location, and it shows a context menu with further code navigation commands.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
tooltip?: string | MarkdownString
The tooltip text when you hover over this label part.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
The value of this label part.
InlayHintsProvider<T>
The inlay hints provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the inlay hints feature.
Events
onDidChangeInlayHints?: Event<void>
An optional event to signal that inlay hints from this provider have changed.
Methods
provideInlayHints(document: TextDocument, range: Range, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T[]>
Provide inlay hints for the given range and document.
Note that inlay hints that are not contained by the given range are ignored.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
range: Range | The range for which inlay hints should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of inlay hints or a thenable that resolves to such. |
resolveInlayHint(hint: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>
Given an inlay hint fill in tooltip, text edits, or complete label parts.
Note that the editor will resolve an inlay hint at most once.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
hint: T | An inlay hint. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved inlay hint or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given |
InlineCompletionContext
Provides information about the context in which an inline completion was requested.
Properties
selectedCompletionInfo: SelectedCompletionInfo
Provides information about the currently selected item in the autocomplete widget if it is visible.
If set, provided inline completions must extend the text of the selected item
and use the same range, otherwise they are not shown as preview.
As an example, if the document text is console.
and the selected item is .log
replacing the .
in the document,
the inline completion must also replace .
and start with .log
, for example .log()
.
Inline completion providers are requested again whenever the selected item changes.
triggerKind: InlineCompletionTriggerKind
Describes how the inline completion was triggered.
InlineCompletionItem
An inline completion item represents a text snippet that is proposed inline to complete text that is being typed.
See also InlineCompletionItemProvider.provideInlineCompletionItems
Constructors
new InlineCompletionItem(insertText: string | SnippetString, range?: Range, command?: Command): InlineCompletionItem
Creates a new inline completion item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
insertText: string | SnippetString | The text to replace the range with. |
range?: Range | The range to replace. If not set, the word at the requested position will be used. |
command?: Command | An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion. |
Returns | Description |
InlineCompletionItem |
Properties
command?: Command
An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion.
A text that is used to decide if this inline completion should be shown. When falsy
the InlineCompletionItem.insertText is used.
An inline completion is shown if the text to replace is a prefix of the filter text.
insertText: string | SnippetString
The text to replace the range with. Must be set. Is used both for the preview and the accept operation.
range?: Range
The range to replace. Must begin and end on the same line.
Prefer replacements over insertions to provide a better experience when the user deletes typed text.
InlineCompletionItemProvider
The inline completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the inline completion feature.
Providers are asked for completions either explicitly by a user gesture or implicitly when typing.
Methods
provideInlineCompletionItems(document: TextDocument, position: Position, context: InlineCompletionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<InlineCompletionList | InlineCompletionItem[]>
Provides inline completion items for the given position and document.
If inline completions are enabled, this method will be called whenever the user stopped typing.
It will also be called when the user explicitly triggers inline completions or explicitly asks for the next or previous inline completion.
In that case, all available inline completions should be returned.
context.triggerKind
can be used to distinguish between these scenarios.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document inline completions are requested for. |
position: Position | The position inline completions are requested for. |
context: InlineCompletionContext | A context object with additional information. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<InlineCompletionList | InlineCompletionItem[]> | An array of completion items or a thenable that resolves to an array of completion items. |
InlineCompletionList
Represents a collection of inline completion items to be presented in the editor.
Constructors
new InlineCompletionList(items: InlineCompletionItem[]): InlineCompletionList
Creates a new list of inline completion items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: InlineCompletionItem[] | |
Returns | Description |
InlineCompletionList |
Properties
items: InlineCompletionItem[]
The inline completion items.
InlineCompletionTriggerKind
Describes how an inline completion provider was triggered.
Enumeration Members
Completion was triggered explicitly by a user gesture. Return multiple completion items to enable cycling through them.
Completion was triggered automatically while editing. It is sufficient to return a single completion item in this case.
InlineValue
Inline value information can be provided by different means:
- directly as a text value (class InlineValueText).
- as a name to use for a variable lookup (class InlineValueVariableLookup)
- as an evaluatable expression (class InlineValueEvaluatableExpression) The InlineValue types combines all inline value types into one type.
InlineValue: InlineValueText | InlineValueVariableLookup | InlineValueEvaluatableExpression
InlineValueContext
A value-object that contains contextual information when requesting inline values from a InlineValuesProvider.
Properties
The stack frame (as a DAP Id) where the execution has stopped.
stoppedLocation: Range
The document range where execution has stopped. Typically the end position of the range denotes the line where the inline values are shown.
InlineValueEvaluatableExpression
Provide an inline value through an expression evaluation. If only a range is specified, the expression will be extracted from the underlying document. An optional expression can be used to override the extracted expression.
Constructors
new InlineValueEvaluatableExpression(range: Range, expression?: string): InlineValueEvaluatableExpression
Creates a new InlineValueEvaluatableExpression object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted. |
expression?: string | If specified overrides the extracted expression. |
Returns | Description |
InlineValueEvaluatableExpression |
Properties
If specified the expression overrides the extracted expression.
range: Range
The document range for which the inline value applies. The range is used to extract the evaluatable expression from the underlying document.
InlineValuesProvider
The inline values provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the editor's debugger inline values feature. In this contract the provider returns inline value information for a given document range and the editor shows this information in the editor at the end of lines.
Events
onDidChangeInlineValues?: Event<void>
An optional event to signal that inline values have changed.
See also EventEmitter
Methods
provideInlineValues(document: TextDocument, viewPort: Range, context: InlineValueContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<InlineValue[]>
Provide "inline value" information for a given document and range. The editor calls this method whenever debugging stops in the given document. The returned inline values information is rendered in the editor at the end of lines.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document for which the inline values information is needed. |
viewPort: Range | The visible document range for which inline values should be computed. |
context: InlineValueContext | A bag containing contextual information like the current location. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<InlineValue[]> | An array of InlineValueDescriptors or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
InlineValueText
Provide inline value as text.
Constructors
new InlineValueText(range: Range, text: string): InlineValueText
Creates a new InlineValueText object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The document line where to show the inline value. |
text: string | The value to be shown for the line. |
Returns | Description |
InlineValueText |
Properties
range: Range
The document range for which the inline value applies.
The text of the inline value.
InlineValueVariableLookup
Provide inline value through a variable lookup. If only a range is specified, the variable name will be extracted from the underlying document. An optional variable name can be used to override the extracted name.
Constructors
new InlineValueVariableLookup(range: Range, variableName?: string, caseSensitiveLookup?: boolean): InlineValueVariableLookup
Creates a new InlineValueVariableLookup object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The document line where to show the inline value. |
variableName?: string | The name of the variable to look up. |
caseSensitiveLookup?: boolean | How to perform the lookup. If missing lookup is case sensitive. |
Returns | Description |
InlineValueVariableLookup |
Properties
How to perform the lookup.
range: Range
The document range for which the inline value applies. The range is used to extract the variable name from the underlying document.
If specified the name of the variable to look up.
InputBox
A concrete QuickInput to let the user input a text value.
Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showInputBox is easier to use. window.createInputBox should be used when window.showInputBox does not offer the required flexibility.
Events
onDidAccept: Event<void>
An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the input value.
onDidChangeValue: Event<string>
An event signaling when the value has changed.
onDidHide: Event<void>
An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.
There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through QuickInput.onDidHide. (Examples include: an explicit call to QuickInput.hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
onDidTriggerButton: Event<QuickInputButton>
An event signaling when a button was triggered.
Properties
If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.
Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating user input.
buttons: readonly QuickInputButton[]
Buttons for actions in the UI.
If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.
Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.
If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
If the input value should be hidden. Defaults to false.
Optional placeholder shown when no value has been input.
An optional prompt text providing some ask or explanation to the user.
An optional current step count.
An optional title.
An optional total step count.
validationMessage: string | InputBoxValidationMessage
An optional validation message indicating a problem with the current input value. By returning a string, the InputBox will use a default InputBoxValidationSeverity of Error. Returning undefined clears the validation message.
Current input value.
valueSelection: readonly [number, number]
Selection range in the input value. Defined as tuple of two number where the
first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When undefined
the whole
pre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set,
otherwise the defined range will be selected.
This property does not get updated when the user types or makes a selection, but it can be updated by the extension.
Methods
Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hides this input UI. This will also fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input UI will first fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
InputBoxOptions
Options to configure the behavior of the input box UI.
Properties
Set to true
to keep the input box open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
Controls if a password input is shown. Password input hides the typed text.
An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to type.
The text to display underneath the input box.
An optional string that represents the title of the input box.
The value to pre-fill in the input box.
valueSelection?: [number, number]
Selection of the pre-filled value. Defined as tuple of two number where the
first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When undefined
the whole
pre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set,
otherwise the defined range will be selected.
Methods
validateInput(value: string): string | InputBoxValidationMessage | Thenable<string | InputBoxValidationMessage>
An optional function that will be called to validate input and to give a hint to the user.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The current value of the input box. |
Returns | Description |
string | InputBoxValidationMessage | Thenable<string | InputBoxValidationMessage> | Either a human-readable string which is presented as an error message or an InputBoxValidationMessage
which can provide a specific message severity. Return |
InputBoxValidationMessage
Object to configure the behavior of the validation message.
Properties
The validation message to display.
severity: InputBoxValidationSeverity
The severity of the validation message.
NOTE: When using InputBoxValidationSeverity.Error
, the user will not be allowed to accept (hit ENTER) the input.
Info
and Warning
will still allow the InputBox to accept the input.
InputBoxValidationSeverity
The severity level for input box validation.
Enumeration Members
Informational severity level.
Warning severity level.
Error severity level.
LanguageConfiguration
The language configuration interfaces defines the contract between extensions and various editor features, like automatic bracket insertion, automatic indentation etc.
Properties
__characterPairSupport?: {autoClosingPairs: Array<{close: string, notIn: string[], open: string}>}
Deprecated Do not use.
- deprecated - * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
autoClosingPairs: Array<{close: string, notIn: string[], open: string}> |
|
__electricCharacterSupport?: {brackets: any, docComment: {close: string, lineStart: string, open: string, scope: string}}
Deprecated Do not use.
- deprecated - Will be replaced by a better API soon.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
brackets: any | This property is deprecated and will be ignored from the editor.
|
docComment: {close: string, lineStart: string, open: string, scope: string} | This property is deprecated and not fully supported anymore by the editor (scope and lineStart are ignored). Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
|
autoClosingPairs?: AutoClosingPair[]
The language's auto closing pairs.
brackets?: CharacterPair[]
The language's brackets. This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets.
comments?: CommentRule
The language's comment settings.
indentationRules?: IndentationRule
The language's indentation settings.
onEnterRules?: OnEnterRule[]
The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
The language's word definition. If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferable to provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators. e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number):
/(-?\d*\.\d\w*)|([^\`\~\!\\#\%\^\&\*\(\)\-\=\+\[\{\]\}\\\|\;\:\'\"\,\.\<\>/\?\s]+)/g
LanguageModelAccessInformation
Represents extension specific information about the access to language models.
Events
onDidChange: Event<void>
An event that fires when access information changes.
Methods
canSendRequest(chat: LanguageModelChat): boolean
Checks if a request can be made to a language model.
Note that calling this function will not trigger a consent UI but just checks for a persisted state.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
chat: LanguageModelChat | A language model chat object. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
LanguageModelChat
Represents a language model for making chat requests.
See also lm.selectChatModels
Properties
Opaque family-name of the language model. Values might be gpt-3.5-turbo
, gpt4
, phi2
, or llama
but they are defined by extensions contributing languages and subject to change.
Opaque identifier of the language model.
The maximum number of tokens that can be sent to the model in a single request.
Human-readable name of the language model.
A well-known identifier of the vendor of the language model. An example is copilot
, but
values are defined by extensions contributing chat models and need to be looked up with them.
Opaque version string of the model. This is defined by the extension contributing the language model and subject to change.
Methods
countTokens(text: string | LanguageModelChatMessage, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<number>
Count the number of tokens in a message using the model specific tokenizer-logic.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | LanguageModelChatMessage | A string or a message instance. |
token?: CancellationToken | Optional cancellation token. See CancellationTokenSource for how to create one. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<number> | A thenable that resolves to the number of tokens. |
sendRequest(messages: LanguageModelChatMessage[], options?: LanguageModelChatRequestOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable<LanguageModelChatResponse>
Make a chat request using a language model.
Note that language model use may be subject to access restrictions and user consent. Calling this function for the first time (for a extension) will show a consent dialog to the user and because of that this function must only be called in response to a user action! Extension can use LanguageModelAccessInformation.canSendRequest to check if they have the necessary permissions to make a request.
This function will return a rejected promise if making a request to the language model is not possible. Reasons for this can be:
- user consent not given, see
NoPermissions
- model does not exist anymore, see
NotFound
- quota limits exceeded, see
Blocked
- other issues in which case extension must check [LanguageModelError.cause
LanguageModelError.cause
](#LanguageModelError.causeLanguageModelError.cause
)
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messages: LanguageModelChatMessage[] | An array of message instances. |
options?: LanguageModelChatRequestOptions | Options that control the request. |
token?: CancellationToken | A cancellation token which controls the request. See CancellationTokenSource for how to create one. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<LanguageModelChatResponse> | A thenable that resolves to a LanguageModelChatResponse. The promise will reject when the request couldn't be made. |
LanguageModelChatMessage
Represents a message in a chat. Can assume different roles, like user or assistant.
Static
Assistant(content: string, name?: string): LanguageModelChatMessage
Utility to create a new assistant message.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
content: string | The content of the message. |
name?: string | The optional name of a user for the message. |
Returns | Description |
LanguageModelChatMessage |
User(content: string, name?: string): LanguageModelChatMessage
Utility to create a new user message.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
content: string | The content of the message. |
name?: string | The optional name of a user for the message. |
Returns | Description |
LanguageModelChatMessage |
Constructors
new LanguageModelChatMessage(role: LanguageModelChatMessageRole, content: string, name?: string): LanguageModelChatMessage
Create a new user message.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
role: LanguageModelChatMessageRole | The role of the message. |
content: string | The content of the message. |
name?: string | The optional name of a user for the message. |
Returns | Description |
LanguageModelChatMessage |
Properties
The content of this message.
The optional name of a user for this message.
role: LanguageModelChatMessageRole
The role of this message.
LanguageModelChatMessageRole
Represents the role of a chat message. This is either the user or the assistant.
Enumeration Members
The user role, e.g the human interacting with a language model.
The assistant role, e.g. the language model generating responses.
LanguageModelChatRequestOptions
Options for making a chat request using a language model.
See also LanguageModelChat.sendRequest
Properties
A human-readable message that explains why access to a language model is needed and what feature is enabled by it.
A set of options that control the behavior of the language model. These options are specific to the language model and need to be lookup in the respective documentation.
LanguageModelChatResponse
Represents a language model response.
See also LanguageModelAccess.chatRequest
Properties
An async iterable that is a stream of text chunks forming the overall response.
Note that this stream will error when during data receiving an error occurs. Consumers of the stream should handle the errors accordingly.
To cancel the stream, the consumer can cancel the token that was used to make the request or break from the for-loop.
Example
try {
// consume stream
for await (const chunk of response.text) {
console.log(chunk);
}
} catch (e) {
// stream ended with an error
console.error(e);
}
LanguageModelChatSelector
Describes how to select language models for chat requests.
See also lm.selectChatModels
Properties
A family of language models.
See also LanguageModelChat.family
The identifier of a language model.
See also LanguageModelChat.id
A vendor of language models.
See also LanguageModelChat.vendor
The version of a language model.
See also LanguageModelChat.version
LanguageModelError
An error type for language model specific errors.
Consumers of language models should check the code property to determine specific
failure causes, like if(someError.code === vscode.LanguageModelError.NotFound.name) {...}
for the case of referring to an unknown language model. For unspecified errors the cause
-property
will contain the actual error.
Static
Blocked(message?: string): LanguageModelError
The requestor is blocked from using this language model.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message?: string | |
Returns | Description |
LanguageModelError |
NoPermissions(message?: string): LanguageModelError
The requestor does not have permissions to use this language model
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message?: string | |
Returns | Description |
LanguageModelError |
NotFound(message?: string): LanguageModelError
The language model does not exist.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message?: string | |
Returns | Description |
LanguageModelError |
Constructors
new LanguageModelError(message?: string): LanguageModelError
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message?: string | |
Returns | Description |
LanguageModelError |
Properties
A code that identifies this error.
Possible values are names of errors, like NotFound,
or Unknown
for unspecified errors from the language model itself. In the latter case the
cause
-property will contain the actual error.
LanguageStatusItem
A language status item is the preferred way to present language status reports for the active text editors, such as selected linter or notifying about a configuration problem.
Properties
accessibilityInformation?: AccessibilityInformation
Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item
Controls whether the item is shown as "busy". Defaults to false
.
command: Command
A command for this item.
Optional, human-readable details for this item.
The identifier of this item.
The short name of this item, like 'Java Language Status', etc.
selector: DocumentSelector
A selector that defines for what editors this item shows.
severity: LanguageStatusSeverity
The severity of this item.
Defaults to information. You can use this property to signal to users that there is a problem that needs attention, like a missing executable or an invalid configuration.
The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:
My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.
Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIcon icon set, e.g.
light-bulb
, thumbsup
, zap
etc.
Methods
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
LanguageStatusSeverity
Represents the severity level of a language status.
Enumeration Members
Informational severity level.
Warning severity level.
Error severity level.
LinkedEditingRangeProvider
The linked editing range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the linked editing feature.
Methods
provideLinkedEditingRanges(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<LinkedEditingRanges>
For a given position in a document, returns the range of the symbol at the position and all ranges that have the same content. A change to one of the ranges can be applied to all other ranges if the new content is valid. An optional word pattern can be returned with the result to describe valid contents. If no result-specific word pattern is provided, the word pattern from the language configuration is used.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the provider was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the provider was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<LinkedEditingRanges> | A list of ranges that can be edited together |
LinkedEditingRanges
Represents a list of ranges that can be edited together along with a word pattern to describe valid range contents.
Constructors
new LinkedEditingRanges(ranges: Range[], wordPattern?: RegExp): LinkedEditingRanges
Create a new linked editing ranges object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
ranges: Range[] | A list of ranges that can be edited together |
wordPattern?: RegExp | An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges |
Returns | Description |
LinkedEditingRanges |
Properties
ranges: Range[]
A list of ranges that can be edited together. The ranges must have identical length and text content. The ranges cannot overlap.
An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges. If no pattern is provided, the language configuration's word pattern will be used.
Location
Represents a location inside a resource, such as a line inside a text file.
Constructors
new Location(uri: Uri, rangeOrPosition: Range | Position): Location
Creates a new location object.
Properties
range: Range
The document range of this location.
uri: Uri
The resource identifier of this location.
LocationLink
Represents the connection of two locations. Provides additional metadata over normal locations, including an origin range.
Properties
originSelectionRange?: Range
Span of the origin of this link.
Used as the underlined span for mouse definition hover. Defaults to the word range at the definition position.
targetRange: Range
The full target range of this link.
targetSelectionRange?: Range
The span of this link.
targetUri: Uri
The target resource identifier of this link.
LogLevel
Log levels
Enumeration Members
No messages are logged with this level.
All messages are logged with this level.
Messages with debug and higher log level are logged with this level.
Messages with info and higher log level are logged with this level.
Messages with warning and higher log level are logged with this level.
Only error messages are logged with this level.
LogOutputChannel
A channel for containing log output.
To get an instance of a LogOutputChannel
use
createOutputChannel.
Events
onDidChangeLogLevel: Event<LogLevel>
An Event which fires when the log level of the channel changes.
Properties
logLevel: LogLevel
The current log level of the channel. Defaults to editor log level.
The human-readable name of this output channel.
Methods
Append the given value to the channel.
appendLine(value: string): void
Append the given value and a line feed character to the channel.
Removes all output from the channel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
debug(message: string, ...args: any[]): void
Outputs the given debug message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display debug log level or lower.
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
error(error: string | Error, ...args: any[]): void
Outputs the given error or error message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display error log level or lower.
Hide this channel from the UI.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
info(message: string, ...args: any[]): void
Outputs the given information message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display info log level or lower.
Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
Reveal this channel in the UI.
show(column?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): void
Reveal this channel in the UI.
- deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
column?: ViewColumn | This argument is deprecated and will be ignored. |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
void |
trace(message: string, ...args: any[]): void
Outputs the given trace message to the channel. Use this method to log verbose information.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display trace log level.
warn(message: string, ...args: any[]): void
Outputs the given warning message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display warning log level or lower.
MarkdownString
Human-readable text that supports formatting via the markdown syntax.
Rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax is supported
when the supportThemeIcons is set to true
.
Rendering of embedded html is supported when supportHtml is set to true
.
Constructors
new MarkdownString(value?: string, supportThemeIcons?: boolean): MarkdownString
Creates a new markdown string with the given value.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value?: string | Optional, initial value. |
supportThemeIcons?: boolean | Optional, Specifies whether ThemeIcons are supported within the MarkdownString. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
Properties
baseUri?: Uri
Uri that relative paths are resolved relative to.
If the baseUri
ends with /
, it is considered a directory and relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to that directory:
const md = new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);
md.baseUri = vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/dir/');
// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/dir/file.js'
If the baseUri
is a file, relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to the parent dir of that file:
const md = new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);
md.baseUri = vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/otherFile.js');
// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/file.js'
isTrusted?: boolean | {enabledCommands: readonly string[]}
Indicates that this markdown string is from a trusted source. Only trusted
markdown supports links that execute commands, e.g. [Run it](command:myCommandId)
.
Defaults to false
(commands are disabled).
Indicates that this markdown string can contain raw html tags. Defaults to false
.
When supportHtml
is false, the markdown renderer will strip out any raw html tags
that appear in the markdown text. This means you can only use markdown syntax for rendering.
When supportHtml
is true, the markdown render will also allow a safe subset of html tags
and attributes to be rendered. See https://github.com/microsoft/vscode/blob/6d2920473c6f13759c978dd89104c4270a83422d/src/vs/base/browser/markdownRenderer.ts#L296
for a list of all supported tags and attributes.
Indicates that this markdown string can contain ThemeIcons, e.g. $(zap)
.
The markdown string.
Methods
appendCodeblock(value: string, language?: string): MarkdownString
Appends the given string as codeblock using the provided language.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A code snippet. |
language?: string | An optional language identifier. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
appendMarkdown(value: string): MarkdownString
Appends the given string 'as is' to this markdown string. When supportThemeIcons is true
, ThemeIcons in the value
will be iconified.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | Markdown string. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
appendText(value: string): MarkdownString
Appends and escapes the given string to this markdown string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | Plain text. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
MarkedString
MarkedString can be used to render human-readable text. It is either a markdown string or a code-block that provides a language and a code snippet. Note that markdown strings will be sanitized - that means html will be escaped.
- deprecated - This type is deprecated, please use MarkdownString instead.
MarkedString: string | {language: string, value: string}
Memento
A memento represents a storage utility. It can store and retrieve values.
Methods
Return a value.
get<T>(key: string, defaultValue: T): T
Return a value.
Returns the stored keys.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
readonly string[] | The stored keys. |
update(key: string, value: any): Thenable<void>
Store a value. The value must be JSON-stringifyable.
Note that using undefined
as value removes the key from the underlying
storage.
MessageItem
Represents an action that is shown with an information, warning, or error message.
See also
Properties
A hint for modal dialogs that the item should be triggered when the user cancels the dialog (e.g. by pressing the ESC key).
Note: this option is ignored for non-modal messages.
A short title like 'Retry', 'Open Log' etc.
MessageOptions
Options to configure the behavior of the message.
See also
Properties
Human-readable detail message that is rendered less prominent. Note that detail is only shown for modal messages.
Indicates that this message should be modal.
NotebookCell
Represents a cell of a notebook, either a code-cell or markup-cell.
NotebookCell instances are immutable and are kept in sync for as long as they are part of their notebook.
Properties
document: TextDocument
The text of this cell, represented as text document.
executionSummary: NotebookCellExecutionSummary
The most recent execution summary for this cell.
The index of this cell in its containing notebook. The
index is updated when a cell is moved within its notebook. The index is -1
when the cell has been removed from its notebook.
kind: NotebookCellKind
The kind of this cell.
The metadata of this cell. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
notebook: NotebookDocument
The notebook that contains this cell.
outputs: readonly NotebookCellOutput[]
The outputs of this cell.
NotebookCellData
NotebookCellData is the raw representation of notebook cells. Its is part of NotebookData.
Constructors
new NotebookCellData(kind: NotebookCellKind, value: string, languageId: string): NotebookCellData
Create new cell data. Minimal cell data specifies its kind, its source value, and the language identifier of its source.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
kind: NotebookCellKind | The kind. |
value: string | The source value. |
languageId: string | The language identifier of the source value. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellData |
Properties
executionSummary?: NotebookCellExecutionSummary
The execution summary of this cell data.
kind: NotebookCellKind
The kind of this cell data.
The language identifier of the source value of this cell data. Any value from getLanguages is possible.
Arbitrary metadata of this cell data. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
outputs?: NotebookCellOutput[]
The outputs of this cell data.
The source value of this cell data - either source code or formatted text.
NotebookCellExecution
A NotebookCellExecution is how notebook controller modify a notebook cell as it is executing.
When a cell execution object is created, the cell enters the [NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending Pending](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending Pending) state. When start(...) is called on the execution task, it enters the [NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing Executing](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing Executing) state. When end(...) is called, it enters the [NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle Idle](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle Idle) state.
Properties
cell: NotebookCell
The cell for which this execution has been created.
Set and unset the order of this cell execution.
token: CancellationToken
A cancellation token which will be triggered when the cell execution is canceled from the UI.
Note that the cancellation token will not be triggered when the controller that created this execution uses an interrupt-handler.
Methods
appendOutput(out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[], cell?: NotebookCell): Thenable<void>
Append to the output of the cell that is executing or to another cell that is affected by this execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[] | Output that is appended to the current output. |
cell?: NotebookCell | Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
appendOutputItems(items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[], output: NotebookCellOutput): Thenable<void>
Append output items to existing cell output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[] | Output items that are append to existing output. |
output: NotebookCellOutput | Output object that already exists. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
clearOutput(cell?: NotebookCell): Thenable<void>
Clears the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cell?: NotebookCell | Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
end(success: boolean, endTime?: number): void
Signal that execution has ended.
replaceOutput(out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[], cell?: NotebookCell): Thenable<void>
Replace the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[] | Output that replaces the current output. |
cell?: NotebookCell | Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
replaceOutputItems(items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[], output: NotebookCellOutput): Thenable<void>
Replace all output items of existing cell output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[] | Output items that replace the items of existing output. |
output: NotebookCellOutput | Output object that already exists. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
start(startTime?: number): void
Signal that the execution has begun.
NotebookCellExecutionSummary
The summary of a notebook cell execution.
Properties
The order in which the execution happened.
If the execution finished successfully.
timing?: {endTime: number, startTime: number}
The times at which execution started and ended, as unix timestamps
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
endTime: number | Execution end time. |
startTime: number | Execution start time. |
NotebookCellKind
A notebook cell kind.
Enumeration Members
A markup-cell is formatted source that is used for display.
NotebookCellOutput
Notebook cell output represents a result of executing a cell. It is a container type for multiple output items where contained items represent the same result but use different MIME types.
Constructors
new NotebookCellOutput(items: NotebookCellOutputItem[], metadata?: ): NotebookCellOutput
Create new notebook output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: NotebookCellOutputItem[] | Notebook output items. |
metadata?: | Optional metadata. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutput |
Properties
items: NotebookCellOutputItem[]
The output items of this output. Each item must represent the same result. Note that repeated MIME types per output is invalid and that the editor will just pick one of them.
new vscode.NotebookCellOutput([
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hello', 'text/plain'),
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('<i>Hello</i>', 'text/html'),
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('_Hello_', 'text/markdown'),
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hey', 'text/plain') // INVALID: repeated type, editor will pick just one
]);
Arbitrary metadata for this cell output. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
NotebookCellOutputItem
One representation of a notebook output, defined by MIME type and data.
Static
error(value: Error): NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
that uses
uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.error
mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: Error | An error object. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
json(value: any, mime?: string): NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
from
a JSON object.
Note that this function is not expecting "stringified JSON" but an object that can be stringified. This function will throw an error when the passed value cannot be JSON-stringified.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: any | A JSON-stringifyable value. |
mime?: string | Optional MIME type, defaults to |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
stderr(value: string): NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
that uses
uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.stderr
mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A string. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
stdout(value: string): NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
that uses
uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.stdout
mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A string. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
text(value: string, mime?: string): NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
from a string.
Note that an UTF-8 encoder is used to create bytes for the string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A string. |
mime?: string | Optional MIME type, defaults to |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
Constructors
new NotebookCellOutputItem(data: Uint8Array, mime: string): NotebookCellOutputItem
Create a new notebook cell output item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
data: Uint8Array | The value of the output item. |
mime: string | The mime type of the output item. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem |
Properties
The data of this output item. Must always be an array of unsigned 8-bit integers.
The mime type which determines how the data-property is interpreted.
Notebooks have built-in support for certain mime-types, extensions can add support for new types and override existing types.
NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment
Represents the alignment of status bar items.
Enumeration Members
Aligned to the left side.
Aligned to the right side.
NotebookCellStatusBarItem
A contribution to a cell's status bar
Constructors
new NotebookCellStatusBarItem(text: string, alignment: NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment): NotebookCellStatusBarItem
Creates a new NotebookCellStatusBarItem.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The text to show for the item. |
alignment: NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment | Whether the item is aligned to the left or right. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellStatusBarItem |
Properties
accessibilityInformation?: AccessibilityInformation
Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item.
alignment: NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment
Whether the item is aligned to the left or right.
command?: string | Command
The priority of the item. A higher value item will be shown more to the left.
The text to show for the item.
A tooltip to show when the item is hovered.
NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider
A provider that can contribute items to the status bar that appears below a cell's editor.
Events
onDidChangeCellStatusBarItems?: Event<void>
An optional event to signal that statusbar items have changed. The provide method will be called again.
Methods
provideCellStatusBarItems(cell: NotebookCell, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<NotebookCellStatusBarItem | NotebookCellStatusBarItem[]>
The provider will be called when the cell scrolls into view, when its content, outputs, language, or metadata change, and when it changes execution state.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cell: NotebookCell | The cell for which to return items. |
token: CancellationToken | A token triggered if this request should be cancelled. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<NotebookCellStatusBarItem | NotebookCellStatusBarItem[]> | One or more cell statusbar items |
NotebookController
A notebook controller represents an entity that can execute notebook cells. This is often referred to as a kernel.
There can be multiple controllers and the editor will let users choose which controller to use for a certain notebook. The notebookType-property defines for what kind of notebooks a controller is for and the updateNotebookAffinity-function allows controllers to set a preference for specific notebook documents. When a controller has been selected its onDidChangeSelectedNotebooks-event fires.
When a cell is being run the editor will invoke the executeHandler and a controller is expected to create and finalize a notebook cell execution. However, controllers are also free to create executions by themselves.
Events
onDidChangeSelectedNotebooks: Event<{notebook: NotebookDocument, selected: boolean}>
An event that fires whenever a controller has been selected or un-selected for a notebook document.
There can be multiple controllers for a notebook and in that case a controllers needs to be selected. This is a user gesture and happens either explicitly or implicitly when interacting with a notebook for which a controller was suggested. When possible, the editor suggests a controller that is most likely to be selected.
Note that controller selection is persisted (by the controllers id) and restored as soon as a controller is re-created or as a notebook is opened.
Properties
The human-readable description which is rendered less prominent.
The human-readable detail which is rendered less prominent.
executeHandler: (cells: NotebookCell[], notebook: NotebookDocument, controller: NotebookController) => void | Thenable<void>
The execute handler is invoked when the run gestures in the UI are selected, e.g Run Cell, Run All, Run Selection etc. The execute handler is responsible for creating and managing execution-objects.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cells: NotebookCell[] | |
notebook: NotebookDocument | |
controller: NotebookController | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
The identifier of this notebook controller.
Note that controllers are remembered by their identifier and that extensions should use stable identifiers across sessions.
interruptHandler?: (notebook: NotebookDocument) => void | Thenable<void>
Optional interrupt handler.
By default cell execution is canceled via tokens. Cancellation
tokens require that a controller can keep track of its execution so that it can cancel a specific execution at a later
point. Not all scenarios allow for that, eg. REPL-style controllers often work by interrupting whatever is currently
running. For those cases the interrupt handler exists - it can be thought of as the equivalent of SIGINT
or Control+C
in terminals.
Note that supporting cancellation tokens is preferred and that interrupt handlers should only be used when tokens cannot be supported.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebook: NotebookDocument | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
The human-readable label of this notebook controller.
The notebook type this controller is for.
An array of language identifiers that are supported by this controller. Any language identifier from getLanguages is possible. When falsy all languages are supported.
Samples:
// support JavaScript and TypeScript
myController.supportedLanguages = ['javascript', 'typescript'];
// support all languages
myController.supportedLanguages = undefined; // falsy
myController.supportedLanguages = []; // falsy
supportsExecutionOrder?: boolean
Whether this controller supports execution order so that the editor can render placeholders for them.
Methods
createNotebookCellExecution(cell: NotebookCell): NotebookCellExecution
Create a cell execution task.
Note that there can only be one execution per cell at a time and that an error is thrown if a cell execution is created while another is still active.
This should be used in response to the execution handler being called or when cell execution has been started else, e.g when a cell was already executing or when cell execution was triggered from another source.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cell: NotebookCell | The notebook cell for which to create the execution. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellExecution | A notebook cell execution. |
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
updateNotebookAffinity(notebook: NotebookDocument, affinity: NotebookControllerAffinity): void
A controller can set affinities for specific notebook documents. This allows a controller to be presented more prominent for some notebooks.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebook: NotebookDocument | The notebook for which a priority is set. |
affinity: NotebookControllerAffinity | A controller affinity |
Returns | Description |
void |
NotebookControllerAffinity
Notebook controller affinity for notebook documents.
Enumeration Members
Default affinity.
A controller is preferred for a notebook.
NotebookData
Raw representation of a notebook.
Extensions are responsible for creating NotebookData so that the editor can create a NotebookDocument.
See also NotebookSerializer
Constructors
new NotebookData(cells: NotebookCellData[]): NotebookData
Create new notebook data.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cells: NotebookCellData[] | An array of cell data. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookData |
Properties
cells: NotebookCellData[]
The cell data of this notebook data.
Arbitrary metadata of notebook data.
NotebookDocument
Represents a notebook which itself is a sequence of code or markup cells. Notebook documents are created from notebook data.
Properties
The number of cells in the notebook.
true
if the notebook has been closed. A closed notebook isn't synchronized anymore
and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.
true
if there are unpersisted changes.
Is this notebook representing an untitled file which has not been saved yet.
Arbitrary metadata for this notebook. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
The type of notebook.
uri: Uri
The associated uri for this notebook.
Note that most notebooks use the file
-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, not all notebooks are
saved on disk and therefore the scheme
must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.
See also FileSystemProvider
The version number of this notebook (it will strictly increase after each change, including undo/redo).
Methods
cellAt(index: number): NotebookCell
Return the cell at the specified index. The index will be adjusted to the notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
index: number | The index of the cell to retrieve. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCell | A cell. |
getCells(range?: NotebookRange): NotebookCell[]
Get the cells of this notebook. A subset can be retrieved by providing a range. The range will be adjusted to the notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range?: NotebookRange | A notebook range. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCell[] | The cells contained by the range or all cells. |
Save the document. The saving will be handled by the corresponding serializer.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that will resolve to true when the document has been saved. Will return false if the file was not dirty or when save failed. |
NotebookDocumentCellChange
Describes a change to a notebook cell.
See also NotebookDocumentChangeEvent
Properties
cell: NotebookCell
The affected cell.
document: TextDocument
The document of the cell or undefined
when it did not change.
Note that you should use the onDidChangeTextDocument-event for detailed change information, like what edits have been performed.
executionSummary: NotebookCellExecutionSummary
The new execution summary of the cell or undefined
when it did not change.
The new metadata of the cell or undefined
when it did not change.
outputs: readonly NotebookCellOutput[]
The new outputs of the cell or undefined
when they did not change.
NotebookDocumentChangeEvent
An event describing a transactional notebook change.
Properties
cellChanges: readonly NotebookDocumentCellChange[]
An array of cell changes.
contentChanges: readonly NotebookDocumentContentChange[]
An array of content changes describing added or removed cells.
The new metadata of the notebook or undefined
when it did not change.
notebook: NotebookDocument
The affected notebook.
NotebookDocumentContentChange
Describes a structural change to a notebook document, e.g newly added and removed cells.
See also NotebookDocumentChangeEvent
Properties
addedCells: readonly NotebookCell[]
Cells that have been added to the document.
range: NotebookRange
removedCells: readonly NotebookCell[]
Cells that have been removed from the document.
NotebookDocumentContentOptions
Notebook content options define what parts of a notebook are persisted. Note
For instance, a notebook serializer can opt-out of saving outputs and in that case the editor doesn't mark a notebooks as dirty when its output has changed.
Properties
Controls if a cell metadata property change event will trigger notebook document content change events and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should be set to true.
Controls if a document metadata property change event will trigger notebook document content change event and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should be set to true.
Controls if output change events will trigger notebook document content change events and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist the outputs in the file document, this should be set to true.
NotebookDocumentShowOptions
Represents options to configure the behavior of showing a notebook document in an notebook editor.
Properties
An optional flag that when true
will stop the notebook editor from taking focus.
An optional flag that controls if an notebook editor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs will
be replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing. The default behaviour depends
on the workbench.editor.enablePreview
-setting.
selections?: readonly NotebookRange[]
An optional selection to apply for the document in the notebook editor.
viewColumn?: ViewColumn
An optional view column in which the notebook editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.
NotebookDocumentWillSaveEvent
An event that is fired when a notebook document will be saved.
To make modifications to the document before it is being saved, call the waitUntil-function with a thenable that resolves to a workspace edit.
Properties
notebook: NotebookDocument
The notebook document that will be saved.
reason: TextDocumentSaveReason
The reason why save was triggered.
token: CancellationToken
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit>): void
Allows to pause the event loop and to apply workspace edit. Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The edits will be ignored if concurrent modifications of the notebook document happened.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillSaveNotebookDocument(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that resolves to workspace edit. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<any>): void
Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
NotebookEdit
A notebook edit represents edits that should be applied to the contents of a notebook.
Static
deleteCells(range: NotebookRange): NotebookEdit
Utility to create an edit that deletes cells in a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | The range of cells to delete. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
insertCells(index: number, newCells: NotebookCellData[]): NotebookEdit
Utility to create an edit that replaces cells in a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
index: number | The index to insert cells at. |
newCells: NotebookCellData[] | The new notebook cells. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
replaceCells(range: NotebookRange, newCells: NotebookCellData[]): NotebookEdit
Utility to create a edit that replaces cells in a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | The range of cells to replace |
newCells: NotebookCellData[] | The new notebook cells. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
updateCellMetadata(index: number, newCellMetadata: ): NotebookEdit
Utility to create an edit that update a cell's metadata.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
index: number | The index of the cell to update. |
newCellMetadata: | The new metadata for the cell. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
updateNotebookMetadata(newNotebookMetadata: ): NotebookEdit
Utility to create an edit that updates the notebook's metadata.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
newNotebookMetadata: | The new metadata for the notebook. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
Constructors
new NotebookEdit(range: NotebookRange, newCells: NotebookCellData[]): NotebookEdit
Create a new notebook edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | A notebook range. |
newCells: NotebookCellData[] | An array of new cell data. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
Properties
Optional new metadata for the cells.
newCells: NotebookCellData[]
New cells being inserted. May be empty.
Optional new metadata for the notebook.
range: NotebookRange
Range of the cells being edited. May be empty.
NotebookEditor
Represents a notebook editor that is attached to a notebook. Additional properties of the NotebookEditor are available in the proposed API, which will be finalized later.
Properties
notebook: NotebookDocument
The notebook document associated with this notebook editor.
selection: NotebookRange
The primary selection in this notebook editor.
selections: readonly NotebookRange[]
All selections in this notebook editor.
The primary selection (or focused range) is selections[0]
. When the document has no cells, the primary selection is empty { start: 0, end: 0 }
;
viewColumn?: ViewColumn
The column in which this editor shows.
visibleRanges: readonly NotebookRange[]
The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically).
Methods
revealRange(range: NotebookRange, revealType?: NotebookEditorRevealType): void
Scroll as indicated by revealType
in order to reveal the given range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | A range. |
revealType?: NotebookEditorRevealType | The scrolling strategy for revealing |
Returns | Description |
void |
NotebookEditorRevealType
Represents a notebook editor that is attached to a notebook.
Enumeration Members
The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.
If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport. Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.
NotebookEditorSelectionChangeEvent
Represents an event describing the change in a notebook editor's selections.
Properties
notebookEditor: NotebookEditor
The notebook editor for which the selections have changed.
selections: readonly NotebookRange[]
The new value for the notebook editor's selections.
NotebookEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent
Represents an event describing the change in a notebook editor's visibleRanges.
Properties
notebookEditor: NotebookEditor
The notebook editor for which the visible ranges have changed.
visibleRanges: readonly NotebookRange[]
The new value for the notebook editor's visibleRanges.
NotebookRange
A notebook range represents an ordered pair of two cell indices. It is guaranteed that start is less than or equal to end.
Constructors
new NotebookRange(start: number, end: number): NotebookRange
Create a new notebook range. If start
is not
before or equal to end
, the values will be swapped.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | start index |
end: number | end index. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookRange |
Properties
The exclusive end index of this range (zero-based).
true
if start
and end
are equal.
The zero-based start index of this range.
Methods
with(change: {end: number, start: number}): NotebookRange
Derive a new range for this range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {end: number, start: number} | An object that describes a change to this range. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookRange | A range that reflects the given change. Will return |
NotebookRendererMessaging
Renderer messaging is used to communicate with a single renderer. It's returned from notebooks.createRendererMessaging.
Events
onDidReceiveMessage: Event<{editor: NotebookEditor, message: any}>
An event that fires when a message is received from a renderer.
Methods
postMessage(message: any, editor?: NotebookEditor): Thenable<boolean>
Send a message to one or all renderer.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: any | Message to send |
editor?: NotebookEditor | Editor to target with the message. If not provided, the message is sent to all renderers. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | a boolean indicating whether the message was successfully delivered to any renderer. |
NotebookSerializer
The notebook serializer enables the editor to open notebook files.
At its core the editor only knows a notebook data structure but not how that data structure is written to a file, nor how it is read from a file. The notebook serializer bridges this gap by deserializing bytes into notebook data and vice versa.
Methods
deserializeNotebook(content: Uint8Array, token: CancellationToken): NotebookData | Thenable<NotebookData>
Deserialize contents of a notebook file into the notebook data structure.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
content: Uint8Array | Contents of a notebook file. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookData | Thenable<NotebookData> | Notebook data or a thenable that resolves to such. |
serializeNotebook(data: NotebookData, token: CancellationToken): Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array>
Serialize notebook data into file contents.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
data: NotebookData | A notebook data structure. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array> | An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such. |
OnEnterRule
Describes a rule to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
Properties
action: EnterAction
The action to execute.
This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression.
This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression.
This rule will only execute if the text above the current line matches this regular expression.
OnTypeFormattingEditProvider
The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the formatting-feature.
Methods
provideOnTypeFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, position: Position, ch: string, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>
Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed.
The given position and character should hint to the provider
what range the position to expand to, like find the matching {
when }
has been entered.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
ch: string | The character that has been typed. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
OpenDialogOptions
Options to configure the behaviour of a file open dialog.
- Note 1: On Windows and Linux, a file dialog cannot be both a file selector and a folder selector, so if you
set both
canSelectFiles
andcanSelectFolders
totrue
on these platforms, a folder selector will be shown. - Note 2: Explicitly setting
canSelectFiles
andcanSelectFolders
tofalse
is futile and the editor then silently adjusts the options to select files.
Properties
Allow to select files, defaults to true
.
Allow to select folders, defaults to false
.
Allow to select many files or folders.
defaultUri?: Uri
The resource the dialog shows when opened.
A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, for example:
{
'Images': ['png', 'jpg'],
'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
}
A human-readable string for the open button.
Dialog title.
This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on open dialogs (for example, macOS).
OutputChannel
An output channel is a container for readonly textual information.
To get an instance of an OutputChannel
use
createOutputChannel.
Properties
The human-readable name of this output channel.
Methods
Append the given value to the channel.
appendLine(value: string): void
Append the given value and a line feed character to the channel.
Removes all output from the channel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hide this channel from the UI.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
Reveal this channel in the UI.
show(column?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): void
Reveal this channel in the UI.
- deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
column?: ViewColumn | This argument is deprecated and will be ignored. |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
void |
OverviewRulerLane
Represents different positions for rendering a decoration in an overview ruler. The overview ruler supports three lanes.
Enumeration Members
The left lane of the overview ruler.
The center lane of the overview ruler.
The right lane of the overview ruler.
All lanes of the overview ruler.
ParameterInformation
Represents a parameter of a callable-signature. A parameter can have a label and a doc-comment.
Constructors
new ParameterInformation(label: string | [number, number], documentation?: string | MarkdownString): ParameterInformation
Creates a new parameter information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | [number, number] | A label string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label. |
documentation?: string | MarkdownString | A doc string. |
Returns | Description |
ParameterInformation |
Properties
documentation?: string | MarkdownString
The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown in the UI but can be omitted.
label: string | [number, number]
The label of this signature.
Either a string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label. Note: A label of type string must be a substring of its containing signature information's label.
Position
Represents a line and character position, such as the position of the cursor.
Position objects are immutable. Use the with or translate methods to derive new positions from an existing position.
Constructors
new Position(line: number, character: number): Position
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
line: number | A zero-based line value. |
character: number | A zero-based character value. |
Returns | Description |
Position |
Properties
The zero-based character value.
The zero-based line value.
Methods
compareTo(other: Position): number
Compare this to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
number | A number smaller than zero if this position is before the given position, a number greater than zero if this position is after the given position, or zero when this and the given position are equal. |
isAfter(other: Position): boolean
Check if this position is after other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isAfterOrEqual(other: Position): boolean
Check if this position is after or equal to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isBefore(other: Position): boolean
Check if this position is before other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isBeforeOrEqual(other: Position): boolean
Check if this position is before or equal to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isEqual(other: Position): boolean
Check if this position is equal to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
translate(lineDelta?: number, characterDelta?: number): Position
Create a new position relative to this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
lineDelta?: number | Delta value for the line value, default is |
characterDelta?: number | Delta value for the character value, default is |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position which line and character is the sum of the current line and character and the corresponding deltas. |
translate(change: {characterDelta: number, lineDelta: number}): Position
Derived a new position relative to this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {characterDelta: number, lineDelta: number} | An object that describes a delta to this position. |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position that reflects the given delta. Will return |
with(line?: number, character?: number): Position
Create a new position derived from this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
line?: number | Value that should be used as line value, default is the existing value |
character?: number | Value that should be used as character value, default is the existing value |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position where line and character are replaced by the given values. |
with(change: {character: number, line: number}): Position
Derived a new position from this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {character: number, line: number} | An object that describes a change to this position. |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position that reflects the given change. Will return |
ProcessExecution
The execution of a task happens as an external process without shell interaction.
Constructors
new ProcessExecution(process: string, options?: ProcessExecutionOptions): ProcessExecution
Creates a process execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
process: string | The process to start. |
options?: ProcessExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started process. |
Returns | Description |
ProcessExecution |
new ProcessExecution(process: string, args: string[], options?: ProcessExecutionOptions): ProcessExecution
Creates a process execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
process: string | The process to start. |
args: string[] | Arguments to be passed to the process. |
options?: ProcessExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started process. |
Returns | Description |
ProcessExecution |
Properties
The arguments passed to the process. Defaults to an empty array.
options?: ProcessExecutionOptions
The process options used when the process is executed. Defaults to undefined.
The process to be executed.
ProcessExecutionOptions
Options for a process execution
Properties
The current working directory of the executed program or shell. If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.
The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.
Progress<T>
Defines a generalized way of reporting progress updates.
Methods
Report a progress update.
ProgressLocation
A location in the editor at which progress information can be shown. It depends on the location how progress is visually represented.
Enumeration Members
Show progress for the source control viewlet, as overlay for the icon and as progress bar inside the viewlet (when visible). Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress nor a label to describe the operation.
Show progress in the status bar of the editor. Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress.
Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax in the progress label.
Show progress as notification with an optional cancel button. Supports to show infinite and discrete progress but does not support rendering of icons.
ProgressOptions
Value-object describing where and how progress should show.
Properties
Controls if a cancel button should show to allow the user to
cancel the long running operation. Note that currently only
ProgressLocation.Notification
is supporting to show a cancel
button.
location: ProgressLocation | {viewId: string}
The location at which progress should show.
A human-readable string which will be used to describe the operation.
ProviderResult<T>
A provider result represents the values a provider, like the HoverProvider,
may return. For once this is the actual result type T
, like Hover
, or a thenable that resolves
to that type T
. In addition, null
and undefined
can be returned - either directly or from a
thenable.
The snippets below are all valid implementations of the HoverProvider:
let a: HoverProvider = {
provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
return new Hover('Hello World');
}
};
let b: HoverProvider = {
provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
return new Promise(resolve => {
resolve(new Hover('Hello World'));
});
}
};
let c: HoverProvider = {
provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
return; // undefined
}
};
ProviderResult: T | undefined | null | Thenable<T | undefined | null>
Pseudoterminal
Defines the interface of a terminal pty, enabling extensions to control a terminal.
Events
onDidChangeName?: Event<string>
An event that when fired allows changing the name of the terminal.
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
Example: Change the terminal name to "My new terminal".
const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const changeNameEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
onDidChangeName: changeNameEmitter.event,
open: () => changeNameEmitter.fire('My new terminal'),
close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });
onDidClose?: Event<number | void>
An event that when fired will signal that the pty is closed and dispose of the terminal.
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
A number can be used to provide an exit code for the terminal. Exit codes must be
positive and a non-zero exit codes signals failure which shows a notification for a
regular terminal and allows dependent tasks to proceed when used with the
CustomExecution
API.
Example: Exit the terminal when "y" is pressed, otherwise show a notification.
const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const closeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<void>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
onDidClose: closeEmitter.event,
open: () => writeEmitter.fire('Press y to exit successfully'),
close: () => {},
handleInput: data => {
if (data !== 'y') {
vscode.window.showInformationMessage('Something went wrong');
}
closeEmitter.fire();
}
};
const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'Exit example', pty });
terminal.show(true);
onDidOverrideDimensions?: Event<TerminalDimensions>
An event that when fired allows overriding the dimensions of the
terminal. Note that when set, the overridden dimensions will only take effect when they
are lower than the actual dimensions of the terminal (ie. there will never be a scroll
bar). Set to undefined
for the terminal to go back to the regular dimensions (fit to
the size of the panel).
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
Example: Override the dimensions of a terminal to 20 columns and 10 rows
const dimensionsEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<vscode.TerminalDimensions>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
onDidOverrideDimensions: dimensionsEmitter.event,
open: () => {
dimensionsEmitter.fire({
columns: 20,
rows: 10
});
},
close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });
onDidWrite: Event<string>
An event that when fired will write data to the terminal. Unlike Terminal.sendText which sends text to the underlying child pseudo-device (the child), this will write the text to parent pseudo-device (the terminal itself).
Note writing \n
will just move the cursor down 1 row, you need to write \r
as well
to move the cursor to the left-most cell.
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
Example: Write red text to the terminal
const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
open: () => writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[31mHello world\x1b[0m'),
close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });
Example: Move the cursor to the 10th row and 20th column and write an asterisk
writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[10;20H*');
Methods
Implement to handle when the terminal is closed by an act of the user.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
handleInput(data: string): void
Implement to handle incoming keystrokes in the terminal or when an extension calls
Terminal.sendText. data
contains the keystrokes/text serialized into
their corresponding VT sequence representation.
open(initialDimensions: TerminalDimensions): void
Implement to handle when the pty is open and ready to start firing events.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
initialDimensions: TerminalDimensions | The dimensions of the terminal, this will be undefined if the terminal panel has not been opened before this is called. |
Returns | Description |
void |
setDimensions(dimensions: TerminalDimensions): void
Implement to handle when the number of rows and columns that fit into the terminal panel
changes, for example when font size changes or when the panel is resized. The initial
state of a terminal's dimensions should be treated as undefined
until this is triggered
as the size of a terminal isn't known until it shows up in the user interface.
When dimensions are overridden by
onDidOverrideDimensions, setDimensions
will
continue to be called with the regular panel dimensions, allowing the extension continue
to react dimension changes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
dimensions: TerminalDimensions | The new dimensions. |
Returns | Description |
void |
QuickDiffProvider
A quick diff provider provides a uri to the original state of a modified resource. The editor will use this information to render ad'hoc diffs within the text.
Methods
provideOriginalResource(uri: Uri, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Uri>
Provide a Uri to the original resource of any given resource uri.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the resource open in a text editor. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Uri> | A thenable that resolves to uri of the matching original resource. |
QuickInput
A light-weight user input UI that is initially not visible. After configuring it through its properties the extension can make it visible by calling QuickInput.show.
There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through QuickInput.onDidHide. (Examples include: an explicit call to QuickInput.hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
A user pressing Enter or some other gesture implying acceptance of the current state does not automatically hide this UI component. It is up to the extension to decide whether to accept the user's input and if the UI should indeed be hidden through a call to QuickInput.hide.
When the extension no longer needs this input UI, it should QuickInput.dispose it to allow for freeing up any resources associated with it.
Events
onDidHide: Event<void>
An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.
There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through QuickInput.onDidHide. (Examples include: an explicit call to QuickInput.hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
Properties
If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.
Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating user input.
If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.
Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.
If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
An optional current step count.
An optional title.
An optional total step count.
Methods
Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hides this input UI. This will also fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input UI will first fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
QuickInputButton
Properties
iconPath: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
Icon for the button.
An optional tooltip.
QuickInputButtons
Static
Back: QuickInputButton
QuickPick<T>
A concrete QuickInput to let the user pick an item from a list of items of type T. The items can be filtered through a filter text field and there is an option canSelectMany to allow for selecting multiple items.
Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showQuickPick is easier to use. window.createQuickPick should be used when window.showQuickPick does not offer the required flexibility.
Events
onDidAccept: Event<void>
An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the selected item(s).
onDidChangeActive: Event<readonly T[]>
An event signaling when the active items have changed.
onDidChangeSelection: Event<readonly T[]>
An event signaling when the selected items have changed.
onDidChangeValue: Event<string>
An event signaling when the value of the filter text has changed.
onDidHide: Event<void>
An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.
There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through QuickInput.onDidHide. (Examples include: an explicit call to QuickInput.hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
onDidTriggerButton: Event<QuickInputButton>
An event signaling when a top level button (buttons stored in buttons) was triggered. This event does not fire for buttons on a QuickPickItem.
onDidTriggerItemButton: Event<QuickPickItemButtonEvent<T>>
An event signaling when a button in a particular QuickPickItem was triggered. This event does not fire for buttons in the title bar.
Properties
Active items. This can be read and updated by the extension.
If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.
Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating user input.
buttons: readonly QuickInputButton[]
Buttons for actions in the UI.
If multiple items can be selected at the same time. Defaults to false.
If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.
Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.
If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
Items to pick from. This can be read and updated by the extension.
An optional flag to maintain the scroll position of the quick pick when the quick pick items are updated. Defaults to false.
If the filter text should also be matched against the description of the items. Defaults to false.
If the filter text should also be matched against the detail of the items. Defaults to false.
Optional placeholder shown in the filter textbox when no filter has been entered.
Selected items. This can be read and updated by the extension.
An optional current step count.
An optional title.
An optional total step count.
Current value of the filter text.
Methods
Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hides this input UI. This will also fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input UI will first fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
QuickPickItem
Represents an item that can be selected from a list of items.
Properties
Always show this item.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
buttons?: readonly QuickInputButton[]
Optional buttons that will be rendered on this particular item. These buttons will trigger an QuickPickItemButtonEvent when clicked. Buttons are only rendered when using a quickpick created by the createQuickPick() API. Buttons are not rendered when using the showQuickPick() API.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in the same line. Supports rendering of
theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in a separate line. Supports rendering of
theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the QuickPickItem.
kind?: QuickPickItemKind
The kind of QuickPickItem that will determine how this item is rendered in the quick pick. When not specified, the default is QuickPickItemKind.Default.
A human-readable string which is rendered prominent. Supports rendering of theme icons via
the $(<name>)
-syntax.
Optional flag indicating if this item is picked initially. This is only honored when using the showQuickPick() API. To do the same thing with the createQuickPick() API, simply set the QuickPick.selectedItems to the items you want picked initially. (Note: This is only honored when the picker allows multiple selections.)
See also QuickPickOptions.canPickMany
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
QuickPickItemButtonEvent<T>
An event signaling when a button in a particular QuickPickItem was triggered. This event does not fire for buttons in the title bar.
Properties
button: QuickInputButton
The button that was clicked.
The item that the button belongs to.
QuickPickItemKind
The kind of quick pick item.
Enumeration Members
When a QuickPickItem has a kind of Separator, the item is just a visual separator and does not represent a real item. The only property that applies is label . All other properties on QuickPickItem will be ignored and have no effect.
The default QuickPickItem.kind is an item that can be selected in the quick pick.
QuickPickOptions
Options to configure the behavior of the quick pick UI.
Events
onDidSelectItem(item: string | QuickPickItem): any
An optional function that is invoked whenever an item is selected.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: string | QuickPickItem | |
Returns | Description |
any |
Properties
An optional flag to make the picker accept multiple selections, if true the result is an array of picks.
Set to true
to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
An optional flag to include the description when filtering the picks.
An optional flag to include the detail when filtering the picks.
An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.
An optional string that represents the title of the quick pick.
Range
A range represents an ordered pair of two positions. It is guaranteed that start.isBeforeOrEqual(end)
Range objects are immutable. Use the with, intersection, or union methods to derive new ranges from an existing range.
Constructors
new Range(start: Position, end: Position): Range
Create a new range from two positions. If start
is not
before or equal to end
, the values will be swapped.
new Range(startLine: number, startCharacter: number, endLine: number, endCharacter: number): Range
Create a new range from number coordinates. It is a shorter equivalent of
using new Range(new Position(startLine, startCharacter), new Position(endLine, endCharacter))
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
startLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
startCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
endLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
endCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
Returns | Description |
Range |
Properties
end: Position
The end position. It is after or equal to start.
true
if start
and end
are equal.
true
if start.line
and end.line
are equal.
start: Position
The start position. It is before or equal to end.
Methods
contains(positionOrRange: Range | Position): boolean
Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.
intersection(range: Range): Range
Intersect range
with this range and returns a new range or undefined
if the ranges have no overlap.
isEqual(other: Range): boolean
Check if other
equals this range.
Compute the union of other
with this range.
with(start?: Position, end?: Position): Range
Derived a new range from this range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start?: Position | A position that should be used as start. The default value is the current start. |
end?: Position | A position that should be used as end. The default value is the current end. |
Returns | Description |
Range | A range derived from this range with the given start and end position.
If start and end are not different |
with(change: {end: Position, start: Position}): Range
Derived a new range from this range.
ReferenceContext
Value-object that contains additional information when requesting references.
Properties
Include the declaration of the current symbol.
ReferenceProvider
The reference provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the find references-feature.
Methods
provideReferences(document: TextDocument, position: Position, context: ReferenceContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Location[]>
Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
context: ReferenceContext | |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Location[]> | An array of locations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
RelativePattern
A relative pattern is a helper to construct glob patterns that are matched relatively to a base file path. The base path can either be an absolute file path as string or uri or a workspace folder, which is the preferred way of creating the relative pattern.
Constructors
new RelativePattern(base: string | Uri | WorkspaceFolder, pattern: string): RelativePattern
Creates a new relative pattern object with a base file path and pattern to match. This pattern will be matched on file paths relative to the base.
Example:
const folder = vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders?.[0];
if (folder) {
// Match any TypeScript file in the root of this workspace folder
const pattern1 = new vscode.RelativePattern(folder, '*.ts');
// Match any TypeScript file in `someFolder` inside this workspace folder
const pattern2 = new vscode.RelativePattern(folder, 'someFolder/*.ts');
}
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
base: string | Uri | WorkspaceFolder | A base to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. It is recommended to pass in a workspace folder if the pattern should match inside the workspace. Otherwise, a uri or string should only be used if the pattern is for a file path outside the workspace. |
pattern: string | A file glob pattern like |
Returns | Description |
RelativePattern |
Properties
A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.
This matches the fsPath
value of RelativePattern.baseUri.
Note: updating this value will update RelativePattern.baseUri to
be a uri with file
scheme.
- deprecated - This property is deprecated, please use RelativePattern.baseUri instead.
baseUri: Uri
A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. The
file path must be absolute, should not have any trailing path separators and
not include any relative segments (.
or ..
).
A file glob pattern like *.{ts,js}
that will be matched on file paths
relative to the base path.
Example: Given a base of /home/work/folder
and a file path of /home/work/folder/index.js
,
the file glob pattern will match on index.js
.
RenameProvider
The rename provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the rename-feature.
Methods
prepareRename(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Range | {placeholder: string, range: Range}>
Optional function for resolving and validating a position before running rename. The result can be a range or a range and a placeholder text. The placeholder text should be the identifier of the symbol which is being renamed - when omitted the text in the returned range is used.
Note: This function should throw an error or return a rejected thenable when the provided location doesn't allow for a rename.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which rename will be invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which rename will be invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Range | {placeholder: string, range: Range}> | The range or range and placeholder text of the identifier that is to be renamed. The lack of a result can signaled by returning |
provideRenameEdits(document: TextDocument, position: Position, newName: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit>
Provide an edit that describes changes that have to be made to one or many resources to rename a symbol to a different name.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
newName: string | The new name of the symbol. If the given name is not valid, the provider must return a rejected promise. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit> | A workspace edit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
RunOptions
Run options for a task.
Properties
Controls whether task variables are re-evaluated on rerun.
SaveDialogOptions
Options to configure the behaviour of a file save dialog.
Properties
defaultUri?: Uri
The resource the dialog shows when opened.
A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, for example:
{
'Images': ['png', 'jpg'],
'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
}
A human-readable string for the save button.
Dialog title.
This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on save dialogs (for example, macOS).
SecretStorage
Represents a storage utility for secrets, information that is sensitive.
Events
onDidChange: Event<SecretStorageChangeEvent>
Fires when a secret is stored or deleted.
Methods
delete(key: string): Thenable<void>
Remove a secret from storage.
get(key: string): Thenable<string>
Retrieve a secret that was stored with key. Returns undefined if there is no password matching that key.
store(key: string, value: string): Thenable<void>
Store a secret under a given key.
SecretStorageChangeEvent
The event data that is fired when a secret is added or removed.
Properties
The key of the secret that has changed.
SelectedCompletionInfo
Describes the currently selected completion item.
Properties
range: Range
The range that will be replaced if this completion item is accepted.
The text the range will be replaced with if this completion is accepted.
Selection
Represents a text selection in an editor.
Constructors
new Selection(anchor: Position, active: Position): Selection
Create a selection from two positions.
new Selection(anchorLine: number, anchorCharacter: number, activeLine: number, activeCharacter: number): Selection
Create a selection from four coordinates.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
anchorLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
anchorCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
activeLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
activeCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
Returns | Description |
Selection |
Properties
active: Position
The position of the cursor. This position might be before or after anchor.
anchor: Position
The position at which the selection starts. This position might be before or after active.
end: Position
The end position. It is after or equal to start.
true
if start
and end
are equal.
true
if start.line
and end.line
are equal.
start: Position
The start position. It is before or equal to end.
Methods
contains(positionOrRange: Range | Position): boolean
Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.
intersection(range: Range): Range
Intersect range
with this range and returns a new range or undefined
if the ranges have no overlap.
isEqual(other: Range): boolean
Check if other
equals this range.
Compute the union of other
with this range.
with(start?: Position, end?: Position): Range
Derived a new range from this range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start?: Position | A position that should be used as start. The default value is the current start. |
end?: Position | A position that should be used as end. The default value is the current end. |
Returns | Description |
Range | A range derived from this range with the given start and end position.
If start and end are not different |
with(change: {end: Position, start: Position}): Range
Derived a new range from this range.
SelectionRange
A selection range represents a part of a selection hierarchy. A selection range may have a parent selection range that contains it.
Constructors
new SelectionRange(range: Range, parent?: SelectionRange): SelectionRange
Creates a new selection range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range of the selection range. |
parent?: SelectionRange | The parent of the selection range. |
Returns | Description |
SelectionRange |
Properties
parent?: SelectionRange
The parent selection range containing this range.
range: Range
The Range of this selection range.
SelectionRangeProvider
The selection range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the "Expand and Shrink Selection" feature.
Methods
provideSelectionRanges(document: TextDocument, positions: readonly Position[], token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SelectionRange[]>
Provide selection ranges for the given positions.
Selection ranges should be computed individually and independent for each position. The editor will merge and deduplicate ranges but providers must return hierarchies of selection ranges so that a range is contained by its parent.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
positions: readonly Position[] | The positions at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SelectionRange[]> | Selection ranges or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
SemanticTokens
Represents semantic tokens, either in a range or in an entire document.
See also
- provideDocumentSemanticTokens for an explanation of the format.
- SemanticTokensBuilder for a helper to create an instance.
Constructors
new SemanticTokens(data: Uint32Array, resultId?: string): SemanticTokens
Create new semantic tokens.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
data: Uint32Array | Token data. |
resultId?: string | Result identifier. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokens |
Properties
The actual tokens data.
See also provideDocumentSemanticTokens for an explanation of the format.
The result id of the tokens.
This is the id that will be passed to DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits
(if implemented).
SemanticTokensBuilder
A semantic tokens builder can help with creating a SemanticTokens
instance
which contains delta encoded semantic tokens.
Constructors
new SemanticTokensBuilder(legend?: SemanticTokensLegend): SemanticTokensBuilder
Creates a semantic tokens builder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
legend?: SemanticTokensLegend | A semantic tokens legent. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensBuilder |
Methods
build(resultId?: string): SemanticTokens
Finish and create a SemanticTokens
instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
resultId?: string | |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokens |
push(line: number, char: number, length: number, tokenType: number, tokenModifiers?: number): void
Add another token.
push(range: Range, tokenType: string, tokenModifiers?: readonly string[]): void
Add another token. Use only when providing a legend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range of the token. Must be single-line. |
tokenType: string | The token type. |
tokenModifiers?: readonly string[] | The token modifiers. |
Returns | Description |
void |
SemanticTokensEdit
Represents an edit to semantic tokens.
See also provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits for an explanation of the format.
Constructors
new SemanticTokensEdit(start: number, deleteCount: number, data?: Uint32Array): SemanticTokensEdit
Create a semantic token edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | Start offset |
deleteCount: number | Number of elements to remove. |
data?: Uint32Array | Elements to insert |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensEdit |
Properties
The elements to insert.
The count of elements to remove.
The start offset of the edit.
SemanticTokensEdits
Represents edits to semantic tokens.
See also provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits for an explanation of the format.
Constructors
new SemanticTokensEdits(edits: SemanticTokensEdit[], resultId?: string): SemanticTokensEdits
Create new semantic tokens edits.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
edits: SemanticTokensEdit[] | An array of semantic token edits |
resultId?: string | Result identifier. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensEdits |
Properties
edits: SemanticTokensEdit[]
The edits to the tokens data. All edits refer to the initial data state.
The result id of the tokens.
This is the id that will be passed to DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits
(if implemented).
SemanticTokensLegend
A semantic tokens legend contains the needed information to decipher the integer encoded representation of semantic tokens.
Constructors
new SemanticTokensLegend(tokenTypes: string[], tokenModifiers?: string[]): SemanticTokensLegend
Creates a semantic tokens legend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
tokenTypes: string[] | An array of token types. |
tokenModifiers?: string[] | An array of token modifiers. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensLegend |
Properties
The possible token modifiers.
The possible token types.
ShellExecution
Represents a task execution that happens inside a shell.
Constructors
new ShellExecution(commandLine: string, options?: ShellExecutionOptions): ShellExecution
Creates a shell execution with a full command line.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
commandLine: string | The command line to execute. |
options?: ShellExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started the shell. |
Returns | Description |
ShellExecution |
new ShellExecution(command: string | ShellQuotedString, args: Array<string | ShellQuotedString>, options?: ShellExecutionOptions): ShellExecution
Creates a shell execution with a command and arguments. For the real execution the editor will
construct a command line from the command and the arguments. This is subject to interpretation
especially when it comes to quoting. If full control over the command line is needed please
use the constructor that creates a ShellExecution
with the full command line.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | ShellQuotedString | The command to execute. |
args: Array<string | ShellQuotedString> | The command arguments. |
options?: ShellExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started the shell. |
Returns | Description |
ShellExecution |
Properties
args: Array<string | ShellQuotedString>
The shell args. Is undefined
if created with a full command line.
command: string | ShellQuotedString
The shell command. Is undefined
if created with a full command line.
The shell command line. Is undefined
if created with a command and arguments.
options?: ShellExecutionOptions
The shell options used when the command line is executed in a shell. Defaults to undefined.
ShellExecutionOptions
Options for a shell execution
Properties
The current working directory of the executed shell. If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.
The additional environment of the executed shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.
The shell executable.
The arguments to be passed to the shell executable used to run the task. Most shells
require special arguments to execute a command. For example bash
requires the -c
argument to execute a command, PowerShell
requires -Command
and cmd
requires both
/d
and /c
.
shellQuoting?: ShellQuotingOptions
The shell quotes supported by this shell.
ShellQuotedString
A string that will be quoted depending on the used shell.
Properties
quoting: ShellQuoting
The quoting style to use.
The actual string value.
ShellQuoting
Defines how an argument should be quoted if it contains spaces or unsupported characters.
Enumeration Members
Character escaping should be used. This for example uses \ on bash and ` on PowerShell.
Strong string quoting should be used. This for example
uses " for Windows cmd and ' for bash and PowerShell.
Strong quoting treats arguments as literal strings.
Under PowerShell echo 'The value is $(2 * 3)' will
print The value is $(2 * 3)
Weak string quoting should be used. This for example
uses " for Windows cmd, bash and PowerShell. Weak quoting
still performs some kind of evaluation inside the quoted
string. Under PowerShell echo "The value is $(2 * 3)"
will print The value is 6
ShellQuotingOptions
The shell quoting options.
Properties
escape?: string | {charsToEscape: string, escapeChar: string}
The character used to do character escaping. If a string is provided only spaces
are escaped. If a { escapeChar, charsToEscape }
literal is provide all characters
in charsToEscape
are escaped using the escapeChar
.
The character used for strong quoting. The string's length must be 1.
The character used for weak quoting. The string's length must be 1.
SignatureHelp
Signature help represents the signature of something callable. There can be multiple signatures but only one active and only one active parameter.
Constructors
new SignatureHelp(): SignatureHelp
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
SignatureHelp |
Properties
The active parameter of the active signature.
The active signature.
signatures: SignatureInformation[]
One or more signatures.
SignatureHelpContext
Additional information about the context in which a SignatureHelpProvider was triggered.
Properties
activeSignatureHelp: SignatureHelp
The currently active SignatureHelp.
The activeSignatureHelp
has its activeSignature field updated based on
the user arrowing through available signatures.
true
if signature help was already showing when it was triggered.
Retriggers occur when the signature help is already active and can be caused by actions such as typing a trigger character, a cursor move, or document content changes.
Character that caused signature help to be triggered.
This is undefined
when signature help is not triggered by typing, such as when manually invoking
signature help or when moving the cursor.
triggerKind: SignatureHelpTriggerKind
Action that caused signature help to be triggered.
SignatureHelpProvider
The signature help provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the parameter hints-feature.
Methods
provideSignatureHelp(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: SignatureHelpContext): ProviderResult<SignatureHelp>
Provide help for the signature at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
context: SignatureHelpContext | Information about how signature help was triggered. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SignatureHelp> | Signature help or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
SignatureHelpProviderMetadata
Metadata about a registered SignatureHelpProvider.
Properties
retriggerCharacters: readonly string[]
List of characters that re-trigger signature help.
These trigger characters are only active when signature help is already showing. All trigger characters are also counted as re-trigger characters.
triggerCharacters: readonly string[]
List of characters that trigger signature help.
SignatureHelpTriggerKind
How a SignatureHelpProvider was triggered.
Enumeration Members
Signature help was invoked manually by the user or by a command.
Signature help was triggered by a trigger character.
Signature help was triggered by the cursor moving or by the document content changing.
SignatureInformation
Represents the signature of something callable. A signature can have a label, like a function-name, a doc-comment, and a set of parameters.
Constructors
new SignatureInformation(label: string, documentation?: string | MarkdownString): SignatureInformation
Creates a new signature information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | A label string. |
documentation?: string | MarkdownString | A doc string. |
Returns | Description |
SignatureInformation |
Properties
The index of the active parameter.
If provided, this is used in place of SignatureHelp.activeParameter.
documentation?: string | MarkdownString
The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown in the UI but can be omitted.
The label of this signature. Will be shown in the UI.
parameters: ParameterInformation[]
The parameters of this signature.
SnippetString
A snippet string is a template which allows to insert text and to control the editor cursor when insertion happens.
A snippet can define tab stops and placeholders with $1
, $2
and ${3:foo}
. $0
defines the final tab stop, it defaults to
the end of the snippet. Variables are defined with $name
and
${name:default value}
. Also see
the full snippet syntax.
Constructors
new SnippetString(value?: string): SnippetString
Create a new snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value?: string | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString |
Properties
The snippet string.
Methods
appendChoice(values: readonly string[], number?: number): SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a choice (${1|a,b,c|}
) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
values: readonly string[] | The values for choices - the array of strings |
number?: number | The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
appendPlaceholder(value: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any, number?: number): SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a placeholder (${1:value}
) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any | The value of this placeholder - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created. |
number?: number | The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
appendTabstop(number?: number): SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a tabstop ($1
, $2
etc) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
number?: number | The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
appendText(string: string): SnippetString
Builder-function that appends the given string to the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
string: string | A value to append 'as given'. The string will be escaped. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
appendVariable(name: string, defaultValue: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any): SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a variable (${VAR}
) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the variable - excluding the |
defaultValue: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any | The default value which is used when the variable name cannot be resolved - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
SnippetTextEdit
A snippet edit represents an interactive edit that is performed by the editor.
Note that a snippet edit can always be performed as a normal text edit. This will happen when no matching editor is open or when a workspace edit contains snippet edits for multiple files. In that case only those that match the active editor will be performed as snippet edits and the others as normal text edits.
Static
insert(position: Position, snippet: SnippetString): SnippetTextEdit
Utility to create an insert snippet edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
position: Position | A position, will become an empty range. |
snippet: SnippetString | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetTextEdit | A new snippet edit object. |
replace(range: Range, snippet: SnippetString): SnippetTextEdit
Utility to create a replace snippet edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | A range. |
snippet: SnippetString | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetTextEdit | A new snippet edit object. |
Constructors
new SnippetTextEdit(range: Range, snippet: SnippetString): SnippetTextEdit
Create a new snippet edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | A range. |
snippet: SnippetString | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetTextEdit |
Properties
range: Range
The range this edit applies to.
snippet: SnippetString
The snippet this edit will perform.
SourceBreakpoint
A breakpoint specified by a source location.
Constructors
new SourceBreakpoint(location: Location, enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string): SourceBreakpoint
Create a new breakpoint for a source location.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
location: Location | |
enabled?: boolean | |
condition?: string | |
hitCondition?: string | |
logMessage?: string | |
Returns | Description |
SourceBreakpoint |
Properties
An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.
Is breakpoint enabled.
An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.
The unique ID of the breakpoint.
location: Location
The source and line position of this breakpoint.
An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.
SourceControl
An source control is able to provide resource states to the editor and interact with the editor in several source control related ways.
Properties
acceptInputCommand?: Command
Optional accept input command.
This command will be invoked when the user accepts the value in the Source Control input.
Optional commit template string.
The Source Control viewlet will populate the Source Control input with this value when appropriate.
The UI-visible count of resource states of this source control.
If undefined, this source control will
- display its UI-visible count as zero, and
- contribute the count of its resource states to the UI-visible aggregated count for all source controls
The id of this source control.
inputBox: SourceControlInputBox
The input box for this source control.
The human-readable label of this source control.
quickDiffProvider?: QuickDiffProvider
An optional quick diff provider.
rootUri: Uri
The (optional) Uri of the root of this source control.
statusBarCommands?: Command[]
Optional status bar commands.
These commands will be displayed in the editor's status bar.
Methods
createResourceGroup(id: string, label: string): SourceControlResourceGroup
Create a new resource group.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | |
label: string | |
Returns | Description |
SourceControlResourceGroup |
Dispose this source control.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
SourceControlInputBox
Represents the input box in the Source Control viewlet.
Properties
Controls whether the input box is enabled (default is true
).
A string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user.
Setter and getter for the contents of the input box.
Controls whether the input box is visible (default is true
).
SourceControlResourceDecorations
The decorations for a source control resource state. Can be independently specified for light and dark themes.
Properties
dark?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations
The dark theme decorations.
Whether the source control resource state should be faded in the UI.
iconPath?: string | Uri | ThemeIcon
The icon path for a specific source control resource state.
light?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations
The light theme decorations.
Whether the source control resource state should be striked-through in the UI.
The title for a specific source control resource state.
SourceControlResourceGroup
A source control resource group is a collection of source control resource states.
Properties
Whether this source control resource group is hidden when it contains no source control resource states.
The id of this source control resource group.
The label of this source control resource group.
resourceStates: SourceControlResourceState[]
This group's collection of source control resource states.
Methods
Dispose this source control resource group.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
SourceControlResourceState
An source control resource state represents the state of an underlying workspace resource within a certain source control group.
Properties
command?: Command
The Command which should be run when the resource state is open in the Source Control viewlet.
Context value of the resource state. This can be used to contribute resource specific actions.
For example, if a resource is given a context value as diffable
. When contributing actions to scm/resourceState/context
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key scmResourceState
in when
expressions, like scmResourceState == diffable
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"scm/resourceState/context": [
{
"command": "extension.diff",
"when": "scmResourceState == diffable"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.diff
only for resources with contextValue
is diffable
.
decorations?: SourceControlResourceDecorations
The decorations for this source control resource state.
resourceUri: Uri
The Uri of the underlying resource inside the workspace.
SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations
The theme-aware decorations for a source control resource state.
Properties
iconPath?: string | Uri | ThemeIcon
The icon path for a specific source control resource state.
StatementCoverage
Contains coverage information for a single statement or line.
Constructors
new StatementCoverage(executed: number | boolean, location: Range | Position, branches?: BranchCoverage[]): StatementCoverage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
executed: number | boolean | The number of times this statement was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the statement will be marked as un-covered. |
location: Range | Position | The statement position. |
branches?: BranchCoverage[] | Coverage from branches of this line. If it's not a conditional, this should be omitted. |
Returns | Description |
StatementCoverage |
Properties
branches: BranchCoverage[]
Coverage from branches of this line or statement. If it's not a conditional, this will be empty.
The number of times this statement was executed, or a boolean indicating whether it was executed if the exact count is unknown. If zero or false, the statement will be marked as un-covered.
Statement location.
StatusBarAlignment
Represents the alignment of status bar items.
Enumeration Members
Aligned to the left side.
Aligned to the right side.
StatusBarItem
A status bar item is a status bar contribution that can show text and icons and run a command on click.
Properties
accessibilityInformation: AccessibilityInformation
Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this StatusBar item
alignment: StatusBarAlignment
The alignment of this item.
backgroundColor: ThemeColor
The background color for this entry.
Note: only the following colors are supported:
new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.errorBackground')
new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.warningBackground')
More background colors may be supported in the future.
Note: when a background color is set, the statusbar may override
the color
choice to ensure the entry is readable in all themes.
color: string | ThemeColor
The foreground color for this entry.
command: string | Command
The identifier of this item.
Note: if no identifier was provided by the window.createStatusBarItem method, the identifier will match the extension identifier.
The name of the entry, like 'Python Language Indicator', 'Git Status' etc. Try to keep the length of the name short, yet descriptive enough that users can understand what the status bar item is about.
The priority of this item. Higher value means the item should be shown more to the left.
The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:
My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.
Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIcon icon set, e.g.
light-bulb
, thumbsup
, zap
etc.
tooltip: string | MarkdownString
The tooltip text when you hover over this entry.
Methods
Dispose and free associated resources. Call hide.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hide the entry in the status bar.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Shows the entry in the status bar.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
SymbolInformation
Represents information about programming constructs like variables, classes, interfaces etc.
Constructors
new SymbolInformation(name: string, kind: SymbolKind, containerName: string, location: Location): SymbolInformation
Creates a new symbol information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the symbol. |
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the symbol. |
containerName: string | The name of the symbol containing the symbol. |
location: Location | The location of the symbol. |
Returns | Description |
SymbolInformation |
new SymbolInformation(name: string, kind: SymbolKind, range: Range, uri?: Uri, containerName?: string): SymbolInformation
Creates a new symbol information object.
- deprecated - Please use the constructor taking a Location object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the symbol. |
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the symbol. |
range: Range | The range of the location of the symbol. |
uri?: Uri | The resource of the location of symbol, defaults to the current document. |
containerName?: string | The name of the symbol containing the symbol. |
Returns | Description |
SymbolInformation |
Properties
The name of the symbol containing this symbol.
kind: SymbolKind
The kind of this symbol.
location: Location
The location of this symbol.
The name of this symbol.
tags?: readonly Deprecated[]
Tags for this symbol.
SymbolKind
A symbol kind.
Enumeration Members
The File
symbol kind.
The Module
symbol kind.
The Namespace
symbol kind.
The Package
symbol kind.
The Class
symbol kind.
The Method
symbol kind.
The Property
symbol kind.
The Field
symbol kind.
The Constructor
symbol kind.
The Enum
symbol kind.
The Interface
symbol kind.
The Function
symbol kind.
The Variable
symbol kind.
The Constant
symbol kind.
The String
symbol kind.
The Number
symbol kind.
The Boolean
symbol kind.
The Array
symbol kind.
The Object
symbol kind.
The Key
symbol kind.
The Null
symbol kind.
The EnumMember
symbol kind.
The Struct
symbol kind.
The Event
symbol kind.
The Operator
symbol kind.
The TypeParameter
symbol kind.
SymbolTag
Symbol tags are extra annotations that tweak the rendering of a symbol.
Enumeration Members
Render a symbol as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.
SyntaxTokenType
Enumeration of commonly encountered syntax token types.
Enumeration Members
Everything except tokens that are part of comments, string literals and regular expressions.
A comment.
A string literal.
A regular expression.
Tab
Represents a tab within a group of tabs. Tabs are merely the graphical representation within the editor area. A backing editor is not a guarantee.
Properties
group: TabGroup
The group which the tab belongs to.
Defines the structure of the tab i.e. text, notebook, custom, etc. Resource and other useful properties are defined on the tab kind.
Whether or not the tab is currently active. This is dictated by being the selected tab in the group.
Whether or not the dirty indicator is present on the tab.
Whether or not the tab is pinned (pin icon is present).
Whether or not the tab is in preview mode.
The text displayed on the tab.
TabChangeEvent
An event describing change to tabs.
Properties
changed: readonly Tab[]
Tabs that have changed, e.g have changed their active state.
closed: readonly Tab[]
The tabs that have been closed.
opened: readonly Tab[]
The tabs that have been opened.
TabGroup
Represents a group of tabs. A tab group itself consists of multiple tabs.
Properties
activeTab: Tab
The active tab in the group. This is the tab whose contents are currently being rendered.
Note that there can be one active tab per group but there can only be one active group.
Whether or not the group is currently active.
Note that only one tab group is active at a time, but that multiple tab groups can have an active tab.
See also Tab.isActive
tabs: readonly Tab[]
The list of tabs contained within the group. This can be empty if the group has no tabs open.
viewColumn: ViewColumn
The view column of the group.
TabGroupChangeEvent
An event describing changes to tab groups.
Properties
changed: readonly TabGroup[]
Tab groups that have changed, e.g have changed their active state.
closed: readonly TabGroup[]
Tab groups that have been closed.
opened: readonly TabGroup[]
Tab groups that have been opened.
TabGroups
Represents the main editor area which consists of multiple groups which contain tabs.
Events
onDidChangeTabGroups: Event<TabGroupChangeEvent>
An event which fires when tab groups have changed.
onDidChangeTabs: Event<TabChangeEvent>
Properties
activeTabGroup: TabGroup
The currently active group.
all: readonly TabGroup[]
All the groups within the group container.
Methods
close(tab: Tab | readonly Tab[], preserveFocus?: boolean): Thenable<boolean>
Closes the tab. This makes the tab object invalid and the tab should no longer be used for further actions. Note: In the case of a dirty tab, a confirmation dialog will be shown which may be cancelled. If cancelled the tab is still valid
close(tabGroup: TabGroup | readonly TabGroup[], preserveFocus?: boolean): Thenable<boolean>
Closes the tab group. This makes the tab group object invalid and the tab group should no longer be used for further actions.
TabInputCustom
The tab represents a custom editor.
Constructors
new TabInputCustom(uri: Uri, viewType: string): TabInputCustom
Constructs a custom editor tab input.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the tab. |
viewType: string | The viewtype of the custom editor. |
Returns | Description |
TabInputCustom |
Properties
uri: Uri
The uri that the tab is representing.
The type of custom editor.
TabInputNotebook
The tab represents a notebook.
Constructors
new TabInputNotebook(uri: Uri, notebookType: string): TabInputNotebook
Constructs a new tab input for a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the notebook. |
notebookType: string | The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType |
Returns | Description |
TabInputNotebook |
Properties
The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType
uri: Uri
The uri that the tab is representing.
TabInputNotebookDiff
The tabs represents two notebooks in a diff configuration.
Constructors
new TabInputNotebookDiff(original: Uri, modified: Uri, notebookType: string): TabInputNotebookDiff
Constructs a notebook diff tab input.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
original: Uri | The uri of the original unmodified notebook. |
modified: Uri | The uri of the modified notebook. |
notebookType: string | The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType |
Returns | Description |
TabInputNotebookDiff |
Properties
modified: Uri
The uri of the modified notebook.
The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType
original: Uri
The uri of the original notebook.
TabInputTerminal
The tab represents a terminal in the editor area.
Constructors
new TabInputTerminal(): TabInputTerminal
Constructs a terminal tab input.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
TabInputTerminal |
TabInputText
The tab represents a single text based resource.
Constructors
new TabInputText(uri: Uri): TabInputText
Constructs a text tab input with the given URI.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The URI of the tab. |
Returns | Description |
TabInputText |
Properties
uri: Uri
The uri represented by the tab.
TabInputTextDiff
The tab represents two text based resources being rendered as a diff.
Constructors
new TabInputTextDiff(original: Uri, modified: Uri): TabInputTextDiff
Constructs a new text diff tab input with the given URIs.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
original: Uri | The uri of the original text resource. |
modified: Uri | The uri of the modified text resource. |
Returns | Description |
TabInputTextDiff |
Properties
modified: Uri
The uri of the modified text resource.
original: Uri
The uri of the original text resource.
TabInputWebview
The tab represents a webview.
Constructors
new TabInputWebview(viewType: string): TabInputWebview
Constructs a webview tab input with the given view type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | The type of webview. Maps to WebviewPanel's viewType |
Returns | Description |
TabInputWebview |
Properties
The type of webview. Maps to WebviewPanel's viewType
Task
A task to execute
Constructors
new Task(taskDefinition: TaskDefinition, scope: WorkspaceFolder | Global | Workspace, name: string, source: string, execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution, problemMatchers?: string | string[]): Task
Creates a new task.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
taskDefinition: TaskDefinition | The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point. |
scope: WorkspaceFolder | Global | Workspace | Specifies the task's scope. It is either a global or a workspace task or a task for a specific workspace folder. Global tasks are currently not supported. |
name: string | The task's name. Is presented in the user interface. |
source: string | The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface. |
execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution | The process or shell execution. |
problemMatchers?: string | string[] | the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc'
or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using
the |
Returns | Description |
Task |
new Task(taskDefinition: TaskDefinition, name: string, source: string, execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution, problemMatchers?: string | string[]): Task
Creates a new task.
- deprecated - Use the new constructors that allow specifying a scope for the task.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
taskDefinition: TaskDefinition | The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point. |
name: string | The task's name. Is presented in the user interface. |
source: string | The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface. |
execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | The process or shell execution. |
problemMatchers?: string | string[] | the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc'
or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using
the |
Returns | Description |
Task |
Properties
definition: TaskDefinition
The task's definition.
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominently on a separate line in places
where the task's name is displayed. Supports rendering of theme icons
via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution
The task's execution engine
group?: TaskGroup
The task group this tasks belongs to. See TaskGroup for a predefined set of available groups. Defaults to undefined meaning that the task doesn't belong to any special group.
Whether the task is a background task or not.
The task's name
presentationOptions: TaskPresentationOptions
The presentation options. Defaults to an empty literal.
The problem matchers attached to the task. Defaults to an empty array.
runOptions: RunOptions
Run options for the task
scope: WorkspaceFolder | Global | Workspace
The task's scope.
A human-readable string describing the source of this shell task, e.g. 'gulp'
or 'npm'. Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
TaskDefinition
A structure that defines a task kind in the system. The value must be JSON-stringifyable.
Properties
The task definition describing the task provided by an extension. Usually a task provider defines more properties to identify a task. They need to be defined in the package.json of the extension under the 'taskDefinitions' extension point. The npm task definition for example looks like this
interface NpmTaskDefinition extends TaskDefinition {
script: string;
}
Note that type identifier starting with a '$' are reserved for internal usages and shouldn't be used by extensions.
TaskEndEvent
An event signaling the end of an executed task.
This interface is not intended to be implemented.
Properties
execution: TaskExecution
The task item representing the task that finished.
TaskExecution
An object representing an executed Task. It can be used to terminate a task.
This interface is not intended to be implemented.
Properties
task: Task
The task that got started.
Methods
Terminates the task execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
TaskFilter
A task filter denotes tasks by their version and types
Properties
The task type to return;
The task version as used in the tasks.json file. The string support the package.json semver notation.
TaskGroup
A grouping for tasks. The editor by default supports the 'Clean', 'Build', 'RebuildAll' and 'Test' group.
Static
Build: TaskGroup
The build task group;
Clean: TaskGroup
The clean task group;
Rebuild: TaskGroup
The rebuild all task group;
Test: TaskGroup
The test all task group;
Constructors
new TaskGroup(id: string, label: string): TaskGroup
Private constructor
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier of a task group. |
label: string | The human-readable name of a task group. |
Returns | Description |
TaskGroup |
Properties
The ID of the task group. Is one of TaskGroup.Clean.id, TaskGroup.Build.id, TaskGroup.Rebuild.id, or TaskGroup.Test.id.
Whether the task that is part of this group is the default for the group. This property cannot be set through API, and is controlled by a user's task configurations.
TaskPanelKind
Controls how the task channel is used between tasks
Enumeration Members
Shares a panel with other tasks. This is the default.
Uses a dedicated panel for this tasks. The panel is not shared with other tasks.
Creates a new panel whenever this task is executed.
TaskPresentationOptions
Controls how the task is presented in the UI.
Properties
Controls whether the terminal is cleared before executing the task.
Controls whether the terminal is closed after executing the task.
Controls whether the command associated with the task is echoed in the user interface.
Controls whether the panel showing the task output is taking focus.
panel?: TaskPanelKind
Controls if the task panel is used for this task only (dedicated),
shared between tasks (shared) or if a new panel is created on
every task execution (new). Defaults to TaskInstanceKind.Shared
reveal?: TaskRevealKind
Controls whether the task output is reveal in the user interface.
Defaults to RevealKind.Always
.
Controls whether to show the "Terminal will be reused by tasks, press any key to close it" message.
TaskProcessEndEvent
An event signaling the end of a process execution triggered through a task
Properties
execution: TaskExecution
The task execution for which the process got started.
The process's exit code. Will be undefined
when the task is terminated.
TaskProcessStartEvent
An event signaling the start of a process execution triggered through a task
Properties
execution: TaskExecution
The task execution for which the process got started.
The underlying process id.
TaskProvider<T>
A task provider allows to add tasks to the task service. A task provider is registered via tasks.registerTaskProvider.
Methods
provideTasks(token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T[]>
Provides tasks.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | an array of tasks |
resolveTask(task: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>
Resolves a task that has no execution set. Tasks are
often created from information found in the tasks.json
-file. Such tasks miss
the information on how to execute them and a task provider must fill in
the missing information in the resolveTask
-method. This method will not be
called for tasks returned from the above provideTasks
method since those
tasks are always fully resolved. A valid default implementation for the
resolveTask
method is to return undefined
.
Note that when filling in the properties of task
, you must be sure to
use the exact same TaskDefinition
and not create a new one. Other properties
may be changed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
task: T | The task to resolve. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved task |
TaskRevealKind
Controls the behaviour of the terminal's visibility.
Enumeration Members
Always brings the terminal to front if the task is executed.
Only brings the terminal to front if a problem is detected executing the task (e.g. the task couldn't be started because).
The terminal never comes to front when the task is executed.
TaskScope
The scope of a task.
Enumeration Members
The task is a global task. Global tasks are currently not supported.
The task is a workspace task
TaskStartEvent
An event signaling the start of a task execution.
This interface is not intended to be implemented.
Properties
execution: TaskExecution
The task item representing the task that got started.
TelemetryLogger
A telemetry logger which can be used by extensions to log usage and error telementry.
A logger wraps around an sender but it guarantees that
- user settings to disable or tweak telemetry are respected, and that
- potential sensitive data is removed
It also enables an "echo UI" that prints whatever data is send and it allows the editor to forward unhandled errors to the respective extensions.
To get an instance of a TelemetryLogger
, use
createTelemetryLogger
.
Events
onDidChangeEnableStates: Event<TelemetryLogger>
An Event which fires when the enablement state of usage or error telemetry changes.
Properties
Whether or not error telemetry is enabled for this logger.
Whether or not usage telemetry is enabled for this logger.
Methods
Dispose this object and free resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
logError(eventName: string, data?: Record<string, any>): void
Log an error event.
After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in calls TelemetrySender.sendEventData
to log the event. Differs from logUsage
in that it will log the event if the telemetry setting is Error+.
Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.
logError(error: Error, data?: Record<string, any>): void
Log an error event.
Calls TelemetrySender.sendErrorData
. Does cleaning, telemetry checks, and data mix-in.
Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.
Will also automatically log any exceptions thrown within the extension host process.
logUsage(eventName: string, data?: Record<string, any>): void
Log a usage event.
After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in calls TelemetrySender.sendEventData
to log the event.
Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.
TelemetryLoggerOptions
Options for creating a TelemetryLogger
Properties
additionalCommonProperties?: Record<string, any>
Any additional common properties which should be injected into the data object.
ignoreBuiltInCommonProperties?: boolean
Whether or not you want to avoid having the built-in common properties such as os, extension name, etc injected into the data object.
Defaults to false
if not defined.
ignoreUnhandledErrors?: boolean
Whether or not unhandled errors on the extension host caused by your extension should be logged to your sender.
Defaults to false
if not defined.
TelemetrySender
The telemetry sender is the contract between a telemetry logger and some telemetry service. Note that extensions must NOT call the methods of their sender directly as the logger provides extra guards and cleaning.
const sender: vscode.TelemetrySender = {...};
const logger = vscode.env.createTelemetryLogger(sender);
// GOOD - uses the logger
logger.logUsage('myEvent', { myData: 'myValue' });
// BAD - uses the sender directly: no data cleansing, ignores user settings, no echoing to the telemetry output channel etc
sender.logEvent('myEvent', { myData: 'myValue' });
Methods
flush(): void | Thenable<void>
Optional flush function which will give this sender a chance to send any remaining events as its TelemetryLogger is being disposed
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
sendErrorData(error: Error, data?: Record<string, any>): void
Function to send an error. Used within a TelemetryLogger
sendEventData(eventName: string, data?: Record<string, any>): void
Function to send event data without a stacktrace. Used within a TelemetryLogger
TelemetryTrustedValue<T>
A special value wrapper denoting a value that is safe to not clean. This is to be used when you can guarantee no identifiable information is contained in the value and the cleaning is improperly redacting it.
Constructors
new TelemetryTrustedValue<T>(value: T): TelemetryTrustedValue<T>
Creates a new telementry trusted value.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: T | A value to trust |
Returns | Description |
TelemetryTrustedValue<T> |
Properties
The value that is trusted to not contain PII.
Terminal
An individual terminal instance within the integrated terminal.
Properties
creationOptions: Readonly<TerminalOptions | ExtensionTerminalOptions>
The object used to initialize the terminal, this is useful for example to detecting the shell type of when the terminal was not launched by this extension or for detecting what folder the shell was launched in.
exitStatus: TerminalExitStatus
The exit status of the terminal, this will be undefined while the terminal is active.
Example: Show a notification with the exit code when the terminal exits with a non-zero exit code.
window.onDidCloseTerminal(t => {
if (t.exitStatus && t.exitStatus.code) {
vscode.window.showInformationMessage(`Exit code: ${t.exitStatus.code}`);
}
});
The name of the terminal.
The process ID of the shell process.
shellIntegration: TerminalShellIntegration
An object that contains shell integration-powered
features for the terminal. This will always be undefined
immediately after the terminal
is created. Listen to window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration to be notified
when shell integration is activated for a terminal.
Note that this object may remain undefined if shell integation never activates. For example Command Prompt does not support shell integration and a user's shell setup could conflict with the automatic shell integration activation.
state: TerminalState
The current state of the Terminal.
Methods
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hide the terminal panel if this terminal is currently showing.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
sendText(text: string, shouldExecute?: boolean): void
Send text to the terminal. The text is written to the stdin of the underlying pty process (shell) of the terminal.
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
Show the terminal panel and reveal this terminal in the UI.
TerminalDimensions
Represents the dimensions of a terminal.
Properties
The number of columns in the terminal.
The number of rows in the terminal.
TerminalEditorLocationOptions
Assumes a TerminalLocation of editor and allows specifying a ViewColumn and preserveFocus property
Properties
An optional flag that when true
will stop the Terminal from taking focus.
viewColumn: ViewColumn
A view column in which the terminal should be shown in the editor area. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.
TerminalExitReason
Terminal exit reason kind.
Enumeration Members
Unknown reason.
The window closed/reloaded.
The shell process exited.
The user closed the terminal.
An extension disposed the terminal.
TerminalExitStatus
Represents how a terminal exited.
Properties
The exit code that a terminal exited with, it can have the following values:
- Zero: the terminal process or custom execution succeeded.
- Non-zero: the terminal process or custom execution failed.
undefined
: the user forcibly closed the terminal or a custom execution exited without providing an exit code.
reason: TerminalExitReason
The reason that triggered the exit of a terminal.
TerminalLink
A link on a terminal line.
Constructors
new TerminalLink(startIndex: number, length: number, tooltip?: string): TerminalLink
Creates a new terminal link.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
startIndex: number | The start index of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line. |
length: number | The length of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line. |
tooltip?: string | The tooltip text when you hover over this link. If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on
how to trigger the link, such as |
Returns | Description |
TerminalLink |
Properties
The length of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.
The start index of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.
The tooltip text when you hover over this link.
If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on
how to trigger the link, such as {0} (ctrl + click)
. The specific instructions vary
depending on OS, user settings, and localization.
TerminalLinkContext
Provides information on a line in a terminal in order to provide links for it.
Properties
This is the text from the unwrapped line in the terminal.
terminal: Terminal
The terminal the link belongs to.
TerminalLinkProvider<T>
A provider that enables detection and handling of links within terminals.
Methods
handleTerminalLink(link: T): ProviderResult<void>
Handle an activated terminal link.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
link: T | The link to handle. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<void> |
provideTerminalLinks(context: TerminalLinkContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T[]>
Provide terminal links for the given context. Note that this can be called multiple times
even before previous calls resolve, make sure to not share global objects (eg. RegExp
)
that could have problems when asynchronous usage may overlap.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
context: TerminalLinkContext | Information about what links are being provided for. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | A list of terminal links for the given line. |
TerminalLocation
The location of the terminal.
Enumeration Members
In the terminal view
In the editor area
TerminalOptions
Value-object describing what options a terminal should use.
Properties
color?: ThemeColor
The icon ThemeColor for the terminal.
The terminal.ansi*
theme keys are
recommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.
cwd?: string | Uri
A path or Uri for the current working directory to be used for the terminal.
Object with environment variables that will be added to the editor process.
When enabled the terminal will run the process as normal but not be surfaced to the user
until Terminal.show
is called. The typical usage for this is when you need to run
something that may need interactivity but only want to tell the user about it when
interaction is needed. Note that the terminals will still be exposed to all extensions
as normal. The hidden terminals will not be restored when the workspace is next opened.
iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the terminal.
Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload.
This will only take effect when terminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions
is enabled.
location?: TerminalEditorLocationOptions | TerminalSplitLocationOptions | TerminalLocation
The TerminalLocation or TerminalEditorLocationOptions or TerminalSplitLocationOptions for the terminal.
A message to write to the terminal on first launch, note that this is not sent to the process but, rather written directly to the terminal. This supports escape sequences such a setting text style.
A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.
Args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows specifying shell args in command-line format.
A path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.
Whether the terminal process environment should be exactly as provided in
TerminalOptions.env
. When this is false (default), the environment will be based on the
window's environment and also apply configured platform settings like
terminal.integrated.env.windows
on top. When this is true, the complete environment
must be provided as nothing will be inherited from the process or any configuration.
TerminalProfile
A terminal profile defines how a terminal will be launched.
Constructors
new TerminalProfile(options: TerminalOptions | ExtensionTerminalOptions): TerminalProfile
Creates a new terminal profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: TerminalOptions | ExtensionTerminalOptions | The options that the terminal will launch with. |
Returns | Description |
TerminalProfile |
Properties
options: TerminalOptions | ExtensionTerminalOptions
The options that the terminal will launch with.
TerminalProfileProvider
Provides a terminal profile for the contributed terminal profile when launched via the UI or command.
Methods
provideTerminalProfile(token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TerminalProfile>
Provide the terminal profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TerminalProfile> | The terminal profile. |
TerminalShellExecution
A command that was executed in a terminal.
Properties
commandLine: TerminalShellExecutionCommandLine
The command line that was executed. The confidence of this value depends on the specific shell's shell integration implementation. This value may become more accurate after window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution is fired.
Example
// Log the details of the command line on start and end
window.onDidStartTerminalShellExecution(event => {
const commandLine = event.execution.commandLine;
console.log(`Command started\n${summarizeCommandLine(commandLine)}`);
});
window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
const commandLine = event.execution.commandLine;
console.log(`Command ended\n${summarizeCommandLine(commandLine)}`);
});
function summarizeCommandLine(commandLine: TerminalShellExecutionCommandLine) {
return [
` Command line: ${command.commandLine.value}`,
` Confidence: ${command.commandLine.confidence}`,
` Trusted: ${command.commandLine.isTrusted}
].join('\n');
}
cwd: Uri
The working directory that was reported by the shell when this command executed. This Uri may represent a file on another machine (eg. ssh into another machine). This requires the shell integration to support working directory reporting.
Methods
Creates a stream of raw data (including escape sequences) that is written to the
terminal. This will only include data that was written after read
was called for
the first time, ie. you must call read
immediately after the command is executed via
TerminalShellIntegration.executeCommand or
window.onDidStartTerminalShellExecution to not miss any data.
Example
// Log all data written to the terminal for a command
const command = term.shellIntegration.executeCommand({ commandLine: 'echo "Hello world"' });
const stream = command.read();
for await (const data of stream) {
console.log(data);
}
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
AsyncIterable<string> |
TerminalShellExecutionCommandLine
A command line that was executed in a terminal.
Properties
confidence: TerminalShellExecutionCommandLineConfidence
The confidence of the command line value which is determined by how the value was obtained. This depends upon the implementation of the shell integration script.
Whether the command line value came from a trusted source and is therefore safe to execute without user additional confirmation, such as a notification that asks "Do you want to execute (command)?". This verification is likely only needed if you are going to execute the command again.
This is true
only when the command line was reported explicitly by the shell
integration script (ie. high confidence)
and it used a nonce for verification.
The full command line that was executed, including both the command and its arguments.
TerminalShellExecutionCommandLineConfidence
The confidence of a TerminalShellExecutionCommandLine value.
Enumeration Members
The command line value confidence is low. This means that the value was read from the terminal buffer using markers reported by the shell integration script. Additionally one of the following conditions will be met:
- The command started on the very left-most column which is unusual, or
- The command is multi-line which is more difficult to accurately detect due to line continuation characters and right prompts.
- Command line markers were not reported by the shell integration script.
The command line value confidence is medium. This means that the value was read from the terminal buffer using markers reported by the shell integration script. The command is single-line and does not start on the very left-most column (which is unusual).
The command line value confidence is high. This means that the value was explicitly sent from the shell integration script or the command was executed via the TerminalShellIntegration.executeCommand API.
TerminalShellExecutionEndEvent
An event signalling that an execution has ended in a terminal.
Properties
execution: TerminalShellExecution
The terminal shell execution that has ended.
The exit code reported by the shell.
Note that undefined
means the shell either did not report an exit code (ie. the shell
integration script is misbehaving) or the shell reported a command started before the command
finished (eg. a sub-shell was opened). Generally this should not happen, depending on the use
case, it may be best to treat this as a failure.
Example
const execution = shellIntegration.executeCommand({
command: 'echo',
args: ['Hello world']
});
window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
if (event.execution === execution) {
if (event.exitCode === undefined) {
console.log('Command finished but exit code is unknown');
} else if (event.exitCode === 0) {
console.log('Command succeeded');
} else {
console.log('Command failed');
}
}
});
shellIntegration: TerminalShellIntegration
The shell integration object.
terminal: Terminal
The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.
TerminalShellExecutionStartEvent
An event signalling that an execution has started in a terminal.
Properties
execution: TerminalShellExecution
The terminal shell execution that has ended.
shellIntegration: TerminalShellIntegration
The shell integration object.
terminal: Terminal
The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.
TerminalShellIntegration
Shell integration-powered capabilities owned by a terminal.
Properties
cwd: Uri
The current working directory of the terminal. This Uri may represent a file on another machine (eg. ssh into another machine). This requires the shell integration to support working directory reporting.
Methods
executeCommand(commandLine: string): TerminalShellExecution
Execute a command, sending ^C as necessary to interrupt any running command if needed.
Example
// Execute a command in a terminal immediately after being created
const myTerm = window.createTerminal();
window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration(async ({ terminal, shellIntegration }) => {
if (terminal === myTerm) {
const execution = shellIntegration.executeCommand('echo "Hello world"');
window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
if (event.execution === execution) {
console.log(`Command exited with code ${event.exitCode}`);
}
}
}));
// Fallback to sendText if there is no shell integration within 3 seconds of launching
setTimeout(() => {
if (!myTerm.shellIntegration) {
myTerm.sendText('echo "Hello world"');
// Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
// exit code was.
}
}, 3000);
Example
// Send command to terminal that has been alive for a while
const commandLine = 'echo "Hello world"';
if (term.shellIntegration) {
const execution = shellIntegration.executeCommand({ commandLine });
window.onDidEndTerminalShellExecution(event => {
if (event.execution === execution) {
console.log(`Command exited with code ${event.exitCode}`);
}
} else {
term.sendText(commandLine);
// Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
// exit code was.
}
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
commandLine: string | The command line to execute, this is the exact text that will be sent to the terminal. |
Returns | Description |
TerminalShellExecution |
executeCommand(executable: string, args: string[]): TerminalShellExecution
Execute a command, sending ^C as necessary to interrupt any running command if needed.
Note This is not guaranteed to work as shell integration must be activated. Check whether TerminalShellExecution.exitCode is rejected to verify whether it was successful.
Example
// Execute a command in a terminal immediately after being created
const myTerm = window.createTerminal();
window.onDidChangeTerminalShellIntegration(async ({ terminal, shellIntegration }) => {
if (terminal === myTerm) {
const command = shellIntegration.executeCommand({
command: 'echo',
args: ['Hello world']
});
const code = await command.exitCode;
console.log(`Command exited with code ${code}`);
}
}));
// Fallback to sendText if there is no shell integration within 3 seconds of launching
setTimeout(() => {
if (!myTerm.shellIntegration) {
myTerm.sendText('echo "Hello world"');
// Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
// exit code was.
}
}, 3000);
Example
// Send command to terminal that has been alive for a while
const commandLine = 'echo "Hello world"';
if (term.shellIntegration) {
const command = term.shellIntegration.executeCommand({
command: 'echo',
args: ['Hello world']
});
const code = await command.exitCode;
console.log(`Command exited with code ${code}`);
} else {
term.sendText(commandLine);
// Without shell integration, we can't know when the command has finished or what the
// exit code was.
}
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
executable: string | |
args: string[] | Arguments to launch the executable with which will be automatically escaped based on the executable type. |
Returns | Description |
TerminalShellExecution |
TerminalShellIntegrationChangeEvent
An event signalling that a terminal's shell integration has changed.
Properties
shellIntegration: TerminalShellIntegration
The shell integration object.
terminal: Terminal
The terminal that shell integration has been activated in.
TerminalSplitLocationOptions
Uses the parent Terminal's location for the terminal
Properties
parentTerminal: Terminal
The parent terminal to split this terminal beside. This works whether the parent terminal is in the panel or the editor area.
TerminalState
Represents the state of a Terminal.
Properties
Whether the Terminal has been interacted with. Interaction means that the terminal has sent data to the process which depending on the terminal's mode. By default input is sent when a key is pressed or when a command or extension sends text, but based on the terminal's mode it can also happen on:
- a pointer click event
- a pointer scroll event
- a pointer move event
- terminal focus in/out
For more information on events that can send data see "DEC Private Mode Set (DECSET)" on https://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html
TestController
Entry point to discover and execute tests. It contains TestController.items which are used to populate the editor UI, and is associated with run profiles to allow for tests to be executed.
Properties
The id of the controller passed in tests.createTestController. This must be globally unique.
items: TestItemCollection
A collection of "top-level" TestItem instances, which can in turn have their own children to form the "test tree."
The extension controls when to add tests. For example, extensions should add tests for a file when workspace.onDidOpenTextDocument fires in order for decorations for tests within a file to be visible.
However, the editor may sometimes explicitly request children using the resolveHandler See the documentation on that method for more details.
Human-readable label for the test controller.
refreshHandler: (token: CancellationToken) => void | Thenable<void>
If this method is present, a refresh button will be present in the UI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called, the extension should scan the workspace for any new, changed, or removed tests.
It's recommended that extensions try to update tests in realtime, using a FileSystemWatcher for example, and use this method as a fallback.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when tests have been refreshed. |
resolveHandler?: (item: TestItem) => void | Thenable<void>
A function provided by the extension that the editor may call to request
children of a test item, if the TestItem.canResolveChildren is
true
. When called, the item should discover children and call
TestController.createTestItem as children are discovered.
Generally the extension manages the lifecycle of test items, but under certain conditions the editor may request the children of a specific item to be loaded. For example, if the user requests to re-run tests after reloading the editor, the editor may need to call this method to resolve the previously-run tests.
The item in the explorer will automatically be marked as "busy" until the function returns or the returned thenable resolves.
Methods
createRunProfile(label: string, kind: TestRunProfileKind, runHandler: (request: TestRunRequest, token: CancellationToken) => void | Thenable<void>, isDefault?: boolean, tag?: TestTag, supportsContinuousRun?: boolean): TestRunProfile
Creates a profile used for running tests. Extensions must create at least one profile in order for tests to be run.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | A human-readable label for this profile. |
kind: TestRunProfileKind | Configures what kind of execution this profile manages. |
runHandler: (request: TestRunRequest, token: CancellationToken) => void | Thenable<void> | Function called to start a test run. |
isDefault?: boolean | Whether this is the default action for its kind. |
tag?: TestTag | Profile test tag. |
supportsContinuousRun?: boolean | Whether the profile supports continuous running. |
Returns | Description |
TestRunProfile | An instance of a TestRunProfile, which is automatically associated with this controller. |
createTestItem(id: string, label: string, uri?: Uri): TestItem
Creates a new managed TestItem instance. It can be added into the TestItem.children of an existing item, or into the TestController.items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier for the TestItem. The test item's ID must be unique in the TestItemCollection it's added to. |
label: string | Human-readable label of the test item. |
uri?: Uri | URI this TestItem is associated with. May be a file or directory. |
Returns | Description |
TestItem |
createTestRun(request: TestRunRequest, name?: string, persist?: boolean): TestRun
Creates a TestRun. This should be called by the TestRunProfile when a request is made to execute tests, and may also be called if a test run is detected externally. Once created, tests that are included in the request will be moved into the queued state.
All runs created using the same request
instance will be grouped
together. This is useful if, for example, a single suite of tests is
run on multiple platforms.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
request: TestRunRequest | Test run request. Only tests inside the |
name?: string | The human-readable name of the run. This can be used to disambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful if tests are run across multiple platforms, for example. |
persist?: boolean | Whether the results created by the run should be persisted in the editor. This may be false if the results are coming from a file already saved externally, such as a coverage information file. |
Returns | Description |
TestRun | An instance of the TestRun. It will be considered "running" from the moment this method is invoked until TestRun.end is called. |
Unregisters the test controller, disposing of its associated tests and unpersisted results.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
invalidateTestResults(items?: TestItem | readonly TestItem[]): void
Marks an item's results as being outdated. This is commonly called when code or configuration changes and previous results should no longer be considered relevant. The same logic used to mark results as outdated may be used to drive continuous test runs.
If an item is passed to this method, test results for the item and all of its children will be marked as outdated. If no item is passed, then all test owned by the TestController will be marked as outdated.
Any test runs started before the moment this method is called, including runs which may still be ongoing, will be marked as outdated and deprioritized in the editor's UI.
TestCoverageCount
A class that contains information about a covered resource. A count can be give for lines, branches, and declarations in a file.
Constructors
new TestCoverageCount(covered: number, total: number): TestCoverageCount
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
covered: number | Value for TestCoverageCount.covered |
total: number | Value for TestCoverageCount.total |
Returns | Description |
TestCoverageCount |
Properties
Number of items covered in the file.
Total number of covered items in the file.
TestItem
An item shown in the "test explorer" view.
A TestItem
can represent either a test suite or a test itself, since
they both have similar capabilities.
Properties
Controls whether the item is shown as "busy" in the Test Explorer view. This is useful for showing status while discovering children.
Defaults to false
.
Indicates whether this test item may have children discovered by resolving.
If true, this item is shown as expandable in the Test Explorer view and expanding the item will cause TestController.resolveHandler to be invoked with the item.
Default to false
.
children: TestItemCollection
The children of this test item. For a test suite, this may contain the individual test cases or nested suites.
Optional description that appears next to the label.
error: string | MarkdownString
Optional error encountered while loading the test.
Note that this is not a test result and should only be used to represent errors in test discovery, such as syntax errors.
Identifier for the TestItem
. This is used to correlate
test results and tests in the document with those in the workspace
(test explorer). This cannot change for the lifetime of the TestItem
,
and must be unique among its parent's direct children.
Display name describing the test case.
parent: TestItem
The parent of this item. It's set automatically, and is undefined top-level items in the TestController.items and for items that aren't yet included in another item's children.
range: Range
Location of the test item in its uri.
This is only meaningful if the uri
points to a file.
A string that should be used when comparing this item
with other items. When falsy
the label
is used.
tags: readonly TestTag[]
Tags associated with this test item. May be used in combination with tags, or simply as an organizational feature.
uri: Uri
URI this TestItem
is associated with. May be a file or directory.
TestItemCollection
Collection of test items, found in TestItem.children and TestController.items.
Properties
Gets the number of items in the collection.
Methods
add(item: TestItem): void
Adds the test item to the children. If an item with the same ID already exists, it'll be replaced.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TestItem | Item to add. |
Returns | Description |
void |
Removes a single test item from the collection.
forEach(callback: (item: TestItem, collection: TestItemCollection) => unknown, thisArg?: any): void
Iterate over each entry in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (item: TestItem, collection: TestItemCollection) => unknown | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
get(itemId: string): TestItem
Efficiently gets a test item by ID, if it exists, in the children.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
itemId: string | Item ID to get. |
Returns | Description |
TestItem | The found item or undefined if it does not exist. |
replace(items: readonly TestItem[]): void
Replaces the items stored by the collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly TestItem[] | Items to store. |
Returns | Description |
void |
TestMessage
Message associated with the test state. Can be linked to a specific source range -- useful for assertion failures, for example.
Static
diff(message: string | MarkdownString, expected: string, actual: string): TestMessage
Creates a new TestMessage that will present as a diff in the editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | MarkdownString | Message to display to the user. |
expected: string | Expected output. |
actual: string | Actual output. |
Returns | Description |
TestMessage |
Constructors
new TestMessage(message: string | MarkdownString): TestMessage
Creates a new TestMessage instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | MarkdownString | The message to show to the user. |
Returns | Description |
TestMessage |
Properties
Actual test output. If given with expectedOutput , a diff view will be shown.
Context value of the test item. This can be used to contribute message-
specific actions to the test peek view. The value set here can be found
in the testMessage
property of the following menus
contribution points:
testing/message/context
- context menu for the message in the results treetesting/message/content
- a prominent button overlaying editor content where the message is displayed.
For example:
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"testing/message/content": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteCommentThread",
"when": "testMessage == canApplyRichDiff"
}
]
}
}
The command will be called with an object containing:
test
: the TestItem the message is associated with, if it is still present in the TestController.items collection.message
: the TestMessage instance.
Expected test output. If given with actualOutput , a diff view will be shown.
location?: Location
Associated file location.
message: string | MarkdownString
Human-readable message text to display.
stackTrace?: TestMessageStackFrame[]
The stack trace associated with the message or failure.
TestMessageStackFrame
A stack frame found in the TestMessage.stackTrace.
Constructors
new TestMessageStackFrame(label: string, uri?: Uri, position?: Position): TestMessageStackFrame
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | The name of the stack frame |
uri?: Uri | |
position?: Position | The position of the stack frame within the file |
Returns | Description |
TestMessageStackFrame |
Properties
The name of the stack frame, typically a method or function name.
position?: Position
Position of the stack frame within the file.
uri?: Uri
The location of this stack frame. This should be provided as a URI if the location of the call frame can be accessed by the editor.
TestRun
A TestRun represents an in-progress or completed test run and provides methods to report the state of individual tests in the run.
Events
onDidDispose: Event<void>
An event fired when the editor is no longer interested in data associated with the test run.
Properties
Whether the test run will be persisted across reloads by the editor.
The human-readable name of the run. This can be used to disambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful if tests are run across multiple platforms, for example.
token: CancellationToken
A cancellation token which will be triggered when the test run is canceled from the UI.
Methods
addCoverage(fileCoverage: FileCoverage): void
Adds coverage for a file in the run.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
fileCoverage: FileCoverage | |
Returns | Description |
void |
appendOutput(output: string, location?: Location, test?: TestItem): void
Appends raw output from the test runner. On the user's request, the
output will be displayed in a terminal. ANSI escape sequences,
such as colors and text styles, are supported. New lines must be given
as CRLF (\r\n
) rather than LF (\n
).
Signals the end of the test run. Any tests included in the run whose states have not been updated will have their state reset.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
enqueued(test: TestItem): void
Indicates a test is queued for later execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
errored(test: TestItem, message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[], duration?: number): void
Indicates a test has errored. You should pass one or more TestMessages to describe the failure. This differs from the "failed" state in that it indicates a test that couldn't be executed at all, from a compilation error for example.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[] | Messages associated with the test failure. |
duration?: number | How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds. |
Returns | Description |
void |
failed(test: TestItem, message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[], duration?: number): void
Indicates a test has failed. You should pass one or more TestMessages to describe the failure.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[] | Messages associated with the test failure. |
duration?: number | How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds. |
Returns | Description |
void |
passed(test: TestItem, duration?: number): void
Indicates a test has passed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
duration?: number | How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds. |
Returns | Description |
void |
skipped(test: TestItem): void
Indicates a test has been skipped.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
started(test: TestItem): void
Indicates a test has started running.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
TestRunProfile
A TestRunProfile describes one way to execute tests in a TestController.
Events
onDidChangeDefault: Event<boolean>
Fired when a user has changed whether this is a default profile. The event contains the new value of isDefault
Properties
If this method is present, a configuration gear will be present in the UI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called, you can take other editor actions, such as showing a quick pick or opening a configuration file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Controls whether this profile is the default action that will be taken when its kind is actioned. For example, if the user clicks the generic "run all" button, then the default profile for TestRunProfileKind.Run will be executed, although the user can configure this.
Changes the user makes in their default profiles will be reflected in this property after a onDidChangeDefault event.
kind: TestRunProfileKind
Configures what kind of execution this profile controls. If there are no profiles for a kind, it will not be available in the UI.
Label shown to the user in the UI.
Note that the label has some significance if the user requests that
tests be re-run in a certain way. For example, if tests were run
normally and the user requests to re-run them in debug mode, the editor
will attempt use a configuration with the same label of the Debug
kind. If there is no such configuration, the default will be used.
loadDetailedCoverage?: (testRun: TestRun, fileCoverage: FileCoverage, token: CancellationToken) => Thenable<FileCoverageDetail[]>
An extension-provided function that provides detailed statement and function-level coverage for a file. The editor will call this when more detail is needed for a file, such as when it's opened in an editor or expanded in the Test Coverage view.
The FileCoverage object passed to this function is the same instance emitted on TestRun.addCoverage calls associated with this profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
testRun: TestRun | |
fileCoverage: FileCoverage | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<FileCoverageDetail[]> |
runHandler: (request: TestRunRequest, token: CancellationToken) => void | Thenable<void>
Handler called to start a test run. When invoked, the function should call TestController.createTestRun at least once, and all test runs associated with the request should be created before the function returns or the returned promise is resolved.
If supportsContinuousRun is set, then TestRunRequest.continuous
may be true
. In this case, the profile should observe changes to
source code and create new test runs by calling TestController.createTestRun,
until the cancellation is requested on the token
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
request: TestRunRequest | Request information for the test run. |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
supportsContinuousRun: boolean
Whether this profile supports continuous running of requests. If so,
then TestRunRequest.continuous may be set to true
. Defaults
to false.
tag: TestTag
Associated tag for the profile. If this is set, only TestItem instances with the same tag will be eligible to execute in this profile.
Methods
Deletes the run profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
TestRunProfileKind
The kind of executions that TestRunProfiles control.
Enumeration Members
The Run
test profile kind.
The Debug
test profile kind.
The Coverage
test profile kind.
TestRunRequest
A TestRunRequest is a precursor to a TestRun, which in turn is created by passing a request to TestController.createTestRun. The TestRunRequest contains information about which tests should be run, which should not be run, and how they are run (via the profile).
In general, TestRunRequests are created by the editor and pass to
TestRunProfile.runHandler, however you can also create test
requests and runs outside of the runHandler
.
Constructors
new TestRunRequest(include?: readonly TestItem[], exclude?: readonly TestItem[], profile?: TestRunProfile, continuous?: boolean, preserveFocus?: boolean): TestRunRequest
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
include?: readonly TestItem[] | Array of specific tests to run, or undefined to run all tests |
exclude?: readonly TestItem[] | An array of tests to exclude from the run. |
profile?: TestRunProfile | The run profile used for this request. |
continuous?: boolean | Whether to run tests continuously as source changes. |
preserveFocus?: boolean | Whether to preserve the user's focus when the run is started |
Returns | Description |
TestRunRequest |
Properties
Whether the profile should run continuously as source code changes. Only relevant for profiles that set TestRunProfile.supportsContinuousRun.
exclude: readonly TestItem[]
An array of tests the user has marked as excluded from the test included in this run; exclusions should apply after inclusions.
May be omitted if no exclusions were requested. Test controllers should not run excluded tests or any children of excluded tests.
include: readonly TestItem[]
A filter for specific tests to run. If given, the extension should run all of the included tests and all their children, excluding any tests that appear in TestRunRequest.exclude. If this property is undefined, then the extension should simply run all tests.
The process of running tests should resolve the children of any test items who have not yet been resolved.
Controls how test Test Results view is focused. If true, the editor will keep the maintain the user's focus. If false, the editor will prefer to move focus into the Test Results view, although this may be configured by users.
profile: TestRunProfile
The profile used for this request. This will always be defined for requests issued from the editor UI, though extensions may programmatically create requests not associated with any profile.
TestTag
Tags can be associated with TestItems and TestRunProfiles. A profile with a tag can only execute tests that include that tag in their TestItem.tags array.
Constructors
new TestTag(id: string): TestTag
Creates a new TestTag instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | ID of the test tag. |
Returns | Description |
TestTag |
Properties
ID of the test tag. TestTag
instances with the same ID are considered
to be identical.
TextDocument
Represents a text document, such as a source file. Text documents have lines and knowledge about an underlying resource like a file.
Properties
eol: EndOfLine
The end of line sequence that is predominately used in this document.
The file system path of the associated resource. Shorthand notation for TextDocument.uri.fsPath. Independent of the uri scheme.
true
if the document has been closed. A closed document isn't synchronized anymore
and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.
true
if there are unpersisted changes.
Is this document representing an untitled file which has never been saved yet. Note that
this does not mean the document will be saved to disk, use Uri.scheme
to figure out where a document will be saved, e.g. file
, ftp
etc.
The identifier of the language associated with this document.
The number of lines in this document.
uri: Uri
The associated uri for this document.
Note that most documents use the file
-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, not all documents are
saved on disk and therefore the scheme
must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.
See also
The version number of this document (it will strictly increase after each change, including undo/redo).
Methods
getText(range?: Range): string
Get the text of this document. A substring can be retrieved by providing a range. The range will be adjusted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range?: Range | Include only the text included by the range. |
Returns | Description |
string | The text inside the provided range or the entire text. |
getWordRangeAtPosition(position: Position, regex?: RegExp): Range
Get a word-range at the given position. By default words are defined by common separators, like space, -, _, etc. In addition, per language custom [word definitions] can be defined. It is also possible to provide a custom regular expression.
- Note 1: A custom regular expression must not match the empty string and if it does, it will be ignored.
- Note 2: A custom regular expression will fail to match multiline strings and in the name of speed regular expressions should not match words with spaces. Use TextLine.text for more complex, non-wordy, scenarios.
The position will be adjusted.
lineAt(line: number): TextLine
Returns a text line denoted by the line number. Note that the returned object is not live and changes to the document are not reflected.
lineAt(position: Position): TextLine
Returns a text line denoted by the position. Note that the returned object is not live and changes to the document are not reflected.
The position will be adjusted.
See also TextDocument.lineAt
offsetAt(position: Position): number
Converts the position to a zero-based offset.
The position will be adjusted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
position: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
number | A valid zero-based offset. |
positionAt(offset: number): Position
Converts a zero-based offset to a position.
Save the underlying file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that will resolve to |
validatePosition(position: Position): Position
Ensure a position is contained in the range of this document.
validateRange(range: Range): Range
Ensure a range is completely contained in this document.
TextDocumentChangeEvent
An event describing a transactional document change.
Properties
contentChanges: readonly TextDocumentContentChangeEvent[]
An array of content changes.
document: TextDocument
The affected document.
reason: TextDocumentChangeReason
The reason why the document was changed.
Is undefined
if the reason is not known.
TextDocumentChangeReason
Reasons for why a text document has changed.
Enumeration Members
The text change is caused by an undo operation.
The text change is caused by an redo operation.
TextDocumentContentChangeEvent
An event describing an individual change in the text of a document.
Properties
range: Range
The range that got replaced.
The length of the range that got replaced.
The offset of the range that got replaced.
The new text for the range.
TextDocumentContentProvider
A text document content provider allows to add readonly documents to the editor, such as source from a dll or generated html from md.
Content providers are registered for a uri-scheme. When a uri with that scheme is to be loaded the content provider is asked.
Events
An event to signal a resource has changed.
Methods
provideTextDocumentContent(uri: Uri, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<string>
Provide textual content for a given uri.
The editor will use the returned string-content to create a readonly document. Resources allocated should be released when the corresponding document has been closed.
Note: The contents of the created document might not be identical to the provided text due to end-of-line-sequence normalization.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | An uri which scheme matches the scheme this provider was registered for. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<string> | A string or a thenable that resolves to such. |
TextDocumentSaveReason
Represents reasons why a text document is saved.
Enumeration Members
Manually triggered, e.g. by the user pressing save, by starting debugging, or by an API call.
Automatic after a delay.
When the editor lost focus.
TextDocumentShowOptions
Properties
An optional flag that when true
will stop the editor from taking focus.
An optional flag that controls if an editor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs will be replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing.
Note that the flag is ignored if a user has disabled preview editors in settings.
selection?: Range
An optional selection to apply for the document in the editor.
viewColumn?: ViewColumn
An optional view column in which the editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.
TextDocumentWillSaveEvent
An event that is fired when a document will be saved.
To make modifications to the document before it is being saved, call the waitUntil-function with a thenable that resolves to an array of text edits.
Properties
document: TextDocument
The document that will be saved.
reason: TextDocumentSaveReason
The reason why save was triggered.
Methods
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<readonly TextEdit[]>): void
Allows to pause the event loop and to apply pre-save-edits. Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The edits will be ignored if concurrent modifications of the document happened.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillSaveTextDocument(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<readonly TextEdit[]> | A thenable that resolves to pre-save-edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil(thenable: Thenable<any>): void
Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
TextEdit
A text edit represents edits that should be applied to a document.
Static
delete(range: Range): TextEdit
Utility to create a delete edit.
insert(position: Position, newText: string): TextEdit
Utility to create an insert edit.
replace(range: Range, newText: string): TextEdit
Utility to create a replace edit.
setEndOfLine(eol: EndOfLine): TextEdit
Utility to create an eol-edit.
Constructors
new TextEdit(range: Range, newText: string): TextEdit
Create a new TextEdit.
Properties
newEol?: EndOfLine
The eol-sequence used in the document.
Note that the eol-sequence will be applied to the whole document.
The string this edit will insert.
range: Range
The range this edit applies to.
TextEditor
Represents an editor that is attached to a document.
Properties
document: TextDocument
The document associated with this text editor. The document will be the same for the entire lifetime of this text editor.
options: TextEditorOptions
Text editor options.
selection: Selection
The primary selection on this text editor. Shorthand for TextEditor.selections[0]
.
selections: readonly Selection[]
The selections in this text editor. The primary selection is always at index 0.
viewColumn: ViewColumn
The column in which this editor shows. Will be undefined
in case this
isn't one of the main editors, e.g. an embedded editor, or when the editor
column is larger than three.
visibleRanges: readonly Range[]
The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically). This accounts only for vertical scrolling, and not for horizontal scrolling.
Methods
edit(callback: (editBuilder: TextEditorEdit) => void, options?: {undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean}): Thenable<boolean>
Perform an edit on the document associated with this text editor.
The given callback-function is invoked with an edit-builder which must be used to make edits. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the callback executes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (editBuilder: TextEditorEdit) => void | A function which can create edits using an edit-builder. |
options?: {undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean} | The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the edits could be applied. |
Hide the text editor.
- deprecated - Use the command
workbench.action.closeActiveEditor
instead. This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
insertSnippet(snippet: SnippetString, location?: Range | Position | readonly Range[] | readonly Position[], options?: {undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean}): Thenable<boolean>
Insert a snippet and put the editor into snippet mode. "Snippet mode" means the editor adds placeholders and additional cursors so that the user can complete or accept the snippet.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
snippet: SnippetString | The snippet to insert in this edit. |
location?: Range | Position | readonly Range[] | readonly Position[] | Position or range at which to insert the snippet, defaults to the current editor selection or selections. |
options?: {undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean} | The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the snippet could be inserted. Note that the promise does not signal that the snippet is completely filled-in or accepted. |
revealRange(range: Range, revealType?: TextEditorRevealType): void
Scroll as indicated by revealType
in order to reveal the given range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | A range. |
revealType?: TextEditorRevealType | The scrolling strategy for revealing |
Returns | Description |
void |
setDecorations(decorationType: TextEditorDecorationType, rangesOrOptions: readonly Range[] | readonly DecorationOptions[]): void
Adds a set of decorations to the text editor. If a set of decorations already exists with
the given decoration type, they will be replaced. If
rangesOrOptions
is empty, the existing decorations with the given decoration type
will be removed.
See also createTextEditorDecorationType.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
decorationType: TextEditorDecorationType | A decoration type. |
rangesOrOptions: readonly Range[] | readonly DecorationOptions[] | |
Returns | Description |
void |
show(column?: ViewColumn): void
Show the text editor.
- deprecated - Use window.showTextDocument instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
column?: ViewColumn | The column in which to show this editor. This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
TextEditorCursorStyle
Rendering style of the cursor.
Enumeration Members
Render the cursor as a vertical thick line.
Render the cursor as a block filled.
Render the cursor as a thick horizontal line.
Render the cursor as a vertical thin line.
Render the cursor as a block outlined.
Render the cursor as a thin horizontal line.
TextEditorDecorationType
Represents a handle to a set of decorations sharing the same styling options in a text editor.
To get an instance of a TextEditorDecorationType
use
createTextEditorDecorationType.
Properties
Internal representation of the handle.
Methods
Remove this decoration type and all decorations on all text editors using it.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
TextEditorEdit
A complex edit that will be applied in one transaction on a TextEditor. This holds a description of the edits and if the edits are valid (i.e. no overlapping regions, document was not changed in the meantime, etc.) they can be applied on a document associated with a text editor.
Methods
delete(location: Range | Selection): void
Delete a certain text region.
insert(location: Position, value: string): void
Insert text at a location.
You can use \r\n
or \n
in value
and they will be normalized to the current document.
Although the equivalent text edit can be made with replace, insert
will produce a different resulting selection (it will get moved).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
location: Position | The position where the new text should be inserted. |
value: string | The new text this operation should insert. |
Returns | Description |
void |
replace(location: Range | Position | Selection, value: string): void
Replace a certain text region with a new value.
You can use \r\n
or \n
in value
and they will be normalized to the current document.
setEndOfLine(endOfLine: EndOfLine): void
Set the end of line sequence.
TextEditorLineNumbersStyle
Rendering style of the line numbers.
Enumeration Members
Do not render the line numbers.
Render the line numbers.
Render the line numbers with values relative to the primary cursor location.
Render the line numbers on every 10th line number.
TextEditorOptions
Represents a text editor's options.
Properties
cursorStyle?: TextEditorCursorStyle
The rendering style of the cursor in this editor. When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.
The number of spaces to insert when insertSpaces is true.
When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved).
When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or "tabSize"
.
insertSpaces?: string | boolean
When pressing Tab insert n spaces.
When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a boolean (resolved).
When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a boolean or "auto"
.
lineNumbers?: TextEditorLineNumbersStyle
Render relative line numbers w.r.t. the current line number. When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.
The size in spaces a tab takes. This is used for two purposes:
- the rendering width of a tab character;
- the number of spaces to insert when insertSpaces is true
and
indentSize
is set to"tabSize"
.
When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved).
When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or "auto"
.
TextEditorOptionsChangeEvent
Represents an event describing the change in a text editor's options.
Properties
options: TextEditorOptions
The new value for the text editor's options.
textEditor: TextEditor
The text editor for which the options have changed.
TextEditorRevealType
Represents different reveal strategies in a text editor.
Enumeration Members
The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.
If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport. Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.
TextEditorSelectionChangeEvent
Represents an event describing the change in a text editor's selections.
Properties
kind: TextEditorSelectionChangeKind
The change kind which has triggered this
event. Can be undefined
.
selections: readonly Selection[]
The new value for the text editor's selections.
textEditor: TextEditor
The text editor for which the selections have changed.
TextEditorSelectionChangeKind
Represents sources that can cause selection change events.
Enumeration Members
Selection changed due to typing in the editor.
Selection change due to clicking in the editor.
Selection changed because a command ran.
TextEditorViewColumnChangeEvent
Represents an event describing the change of a text editor's view column.
Properties
textEditor: TextEditor
The text editor for which the view column has changed.
viewColumn: ViewColumn
The new value for the text editor's view column.
TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent
Represents an event describing the change in a text editor's visible ranges.
Properties
textEditor: TextEditor
The text editor for which the visible ranges have changed.
visibleRanges: readonly Range[]
The new value for the text editor's visible ranges.
TextLine
Represents a line of text, such as a line of source code.
TextLine objects are immutable. When a document changes, previously retrieved lines will not represent the latest state.
Properties
firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex: number
The offset of the first character which is not a whitespace character as defined
by /\s/
. Note that if a line is all whitespace the length of the line is returned.
Whether this line is whitespace only, shorthand for TextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex === TextLine.text.length.
The zero-based line number.
range: Range
The range this line covers without the line separator characters.
rangeIncludingLineBreak: Range
The range this line covers with the line separator characters.
The text of this line without the line separator characters.
ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Properties
backgroundColor?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
borderColor?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
color?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
contentIconPath?: string | Uri
An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.
Defines a text content that is shown in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions
Represents themable render options for decoration instances.
Properties
after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
ThemableDecorationRenderOptions
Represents theme specific rendering styles for a text editor decoration.
Properties
after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
backgroundColor?: string | ThemeColor
Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations. Alternatively a color from the color registry can be referenced.
before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
borderColor?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
color?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
gutterIconPath?: string | Uri
An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.
Specifies the size of the gutter icon. Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value. For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
outlineColor?: string | ThemeColor
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
overviewRulerColor?: string | ThemeColor
The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
ThemeColor
A reference to one of the workbench colors as defined in https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/theme-color. Using a theme color is preferred over a custom color as it gives theme authors and users the possibility to change the color.
Constructors
new ThemeColor(id: string): ThemeColor
Creates a reference to a theme color.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | of the color. The available colors are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/theme-color. |
Returns | Description |
ThemeColor |
ThemeIcon
A reference to a named icon. Currently, File, Folder, and ThemeIcon ids are supported. Using a theme icon is preferred over a custom icon as it gives product theme authors the possibility to change the icons.
Note that theme icons can also be rendered inside labels and descriptions. Places that support theme icons spell this out
and they use the $(<name>)
-syntax, for instance quickPick.label = "Hello World $(globe)"
.
Static
File: ThemeIcon
Reference to an icon representing a file. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.
Folder: ThemeIcon
Reference to an icon representing a folder. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.
Constructors
new ThemeIcon(id: string, color?: ThemeColor): ThemeIcon
Creates a reference to a theme icon.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing. |
color?: ThemeColor | optional |
Returns | Description |
ThemeIcon |
Properties
color?: ThemeColor
The optional ThemeColor of the icon. The color is currently only used in TreeItem.
The id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing.
TreeCheckboxChangeEvent<T>
An event describing the change in a tree item's checkbox state.
Properties
items: ReadonlyArray<[T, TreeItemCheckboxState]>
The items that were checked or unchecked.
TreeDataProvider<T>
A data provider that provides tree data
Events
onDidChangeTreeData?: Event<void | T | T[]>
An optional event to signal that an element or root has changed.
This will trigger the view to update the changed element/root and its children recursively (if shown).
To signal that root has changed, do not pass any argument or pass undefined
or null
.
Methods
getChildren(element?: T): ProviderResult<T[]>
Get the children of element
or root if no element is passed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
element?: T | The element from which the provider gets children. Can be |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | Children of |
getParent(element: T): ProviderResult<T>
Optional method to return the parent of element
.
Return null
or undefined
if element
is a child of root.
NOTE: This method should be implemented in order to access reveal API.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
element: T | The element for which the parent has to be returned. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | Parent of |
getTreeItem(element: T): TreeItem | Thenable<TreeItem>
Get TreeItem representation of the element
resolveTreeItem(item: TreeItem, element: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TreeItem>
Called on hover to resolve the TreeItem property if it is undefined.
Called on tree item click/open to resolve the TreeItem property if it is undefined.
Only properties that were undefined can be resolved in resolveTreeItem
.
Functionality may be expanded later to include being called to resolve other missing
properties on selection and/or on open.
Will only ever be called once per TreeItem.
onDidChangeTreeData should not be triggered from within resolveTreeItem.
Note that this function is called when tree items are already showing in the UI. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, description, etc.) can be changed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TreeItem | Undefined properties of |
element: T | The object associated with the TreeItem. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TreeItem> | The resolved tree item or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given
|
TreeDragAndDropController<T>
Provides support for drag and drop in TreeView
.
Properties
dragMimeTypes: readonly string[]
The mime types that the handleDrag
method of this TreeDragAndDropController
may add to the tree data transfer.
This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.
The recommended mime type of the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>
) will be automatically added.
dropMimeTypes: readonly string[]
The mime types that the handleDrop
method of this DragAndDropController
supports.
This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.
To support drops from trees, you will need to add the mime type of that tree.
This includes drops from within the same tree.
The mime type of a tree is recommended to be of the format application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>
.
Use the special files
mime type to support all types of dropped files files, regardless of the file's actual mime type.
To learn the mime type of a dragged item:
- Set up your
DragAndDropController
- Use the Developer: Set Log Level... command to set the level to "Debug"
- Open the developer tools and drag the item with unknown mime type over your tree. The mime types will be logged to the developer console
Note that mime types that cannot be sent to the extension will be omitted.
Methods
handleDrag(source: readonly T[], dataTransfer: DataTransfer, token: CancellationToken): void | Thenable<void>
When the user starts dragging items from this DragAndDropController
, handleDrag
will be called.
Extensions can use handleDrag
to add their DataTransferItem
items to the drag and drop.
When the items are dropped on another tree item in the same tree, your DataTransferItem
objects
will be preserved. Use the recommended mime type for the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>
) to add
tree objects in a data transfer. See the documentation for DataTransferItem
for how best to take advantage of this.
To add a data transfer item that can be dragged into the editor, use the application specific mime type "text/uri-list".
The data for "text/uri-list" should be a string with toString()
ed Uris separated by \r\n
. To specify a cursor position in the file,
set the Uri's fragment to L3,5
, where 3 is the line number and 5 is the column number.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
source: readonly T[] | The source items for the drag and drop operation. |
dataTransfer: DataTransfer | The data transfer associated with this drag. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token indicating that drag has been cancelled. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
handleDrop(target: T, dataTransfer: DataTransfer, token: CancellationToken): void | Thenable<void>
Called when a drag and drop action results in a drop on the tree that this DragAndDropController
belongs to.
Extensions should fire onDidChangeTreeData for any elements that need to be refreshed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
target: T | The target tree element that the drop is occurring on. When undefined, the target is the root. |
dataTransfer: DataTransfer | The data transfer items of the source of the drag. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token indicating that the drop has been cancelled. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
TreeItem
A tree item is an UI element of the tree. Tree items are created by the data provider.
Constructors
new TreeItem(label: string | TreeItemLabel, collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState): TreeItem
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | TreeItemLabel | A human-readable string describing this item |
collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState | TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item. Default is TreeItemCollapsibleState.None |
Returns | Description |
TreeItem |
new TreeItem(resourceUri: Uri, collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState): TreeItem
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
resourceUri: Uri | The Uri of the resource representing this item. |
collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState | TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item. Default is TreeItemCollapsibleState.None |
Returns | Description |
TreeItem |
Properties
accessibilityInformation?: AccessibilityInformation
Accessibility information used when screen reader interacts with this tree item.
Generally, a TreeItem has no need to set the role
of the accessibilityInformation;
however, there are cases where a TreeItem is not displayed in a tree-like way where setting the role
may make sense.
checkboxState?: TreeItemCheckboxState | {accessibilityInformation: AccessibilityInformation, state: TreeItemCheckboxState, tooltip: string}
TreeItemCheckboxState of the tree item. onDidChangeTreeData should be fired when checkboxState changes.
collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState
TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item.
command?: Command
The Command that should be executed when the tree item is selected.
Please use vscode.open
or vscode.diff
as command IDs when the tree item is opening
something in the editor. Using these commands ensures that the resulting editor will
appear consistent with how other built-in trees open editors.
Context value of the tree item. This can be used to contribute item specific actions in the tree.
For example, a tree item is given a context value as folder
. When contributing actions to view/item/context
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key viewItem
in when
expression like viewItem == folder
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"view/item/context": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteFolder",
"when": "viewItem == folder"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.deleteFolder
only for items with contextValue
is folder
.
description?: string | boolean
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent.
When true
, it is derived from resourceUri and when falsy
, it is not shown.
iconPath?: string | Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: string | Uri, light: string | Uri}
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the tree item.
When falsy
, Folder Theme Icon is assigned, if item is collapsible otherwise File Theme Icon.
When a file or folder ThemeIcon is specified, icon is derived from the current file icon theme for the specified theme icon using resourceUri (if provided).
Optional id for the tree item that has to be unique across tree. The id is used to preserve the selection and expansion state of the tree item.
If not provided, an id is generated using the tree item's label. Note that when labels change, ids will change and that selection and expansion state cannot be kept stable anymore.
label?: string | TreeItemLabel
A human-readable string describing this item. When falsy
, it is derived from resourceUri.
resourceUri?: Uri
tooltip?: string | MarkdownString
The tooltip text when you hover over this item.
TreeItemCheckboxState
Checkbox state of the tree item
Enumeration Members
Determines an item is unchecked
Determines an item is checked
TreeItemCollapsibleState
Collapsible state of the tree item
Enumeration Members
Determines an item can be neither collapsed nor expanded. Implies it has no children.
Determines an item is collapsed
Determines an item is expanded
TreeItemLabel
Label describing the Tree item
Properties
highlights?: Array<[number, number]>
Ranges in the label to highlight. A range is defined as a tuple of two number where the first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index
A human-readable string describing the Tree item.
TreeView<T>
Represents a Tree view
Events
onDidChangeCheckboxState: Event<TreeCheckboxChangeEvent<T>>
An event to signal that an element or root has either been checked or unchecked.
onDidChangeSelection: Event<TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent<T>>
Event that is fired when the selection has changed
onDidChangeVisibility: Event<TreeViewVisibilityChangeEvent>
Event that is fired when visibility has changed
onDidCollapseElement: Event<TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>>
Event that is fired when an element is collapsed
onDidExpandElement: Event<TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>>
Event that is fired when an element is expanded
Properties
badge?: ViewBadge
The badge to display for this TreeView. To remove the badge, set to undefined.
An optional human-readable description which is rendered less prominently in the title of the view. Setting the title description to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the description from the view.
An optional human-readable message that will be rendered in the view. Setting the message to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the message from the view.
Currently selected elements.
The tree view title is initially taken from the extension package.json Changes to the title property will be properly reflected in the UI in the title of the view.
true
if the tree view is visible otherwise false
.
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
reveal(element: T, options?: {expand: number | boolean, focus: boolean, select: boolean}): Thenable<void>
Reveals the given element in the tree view. If the tree view is not visible then the tree view is shown and element is revealed.
By default revealed element is selected.
In order to not to select, set the option select
to false
.
In order to focus, set the option focus
to true
.
In order to expand the revealed element, set the option expand
to true
. To expand recursively set expand
to the number of levels to expand.
- NOTE: You can expand only to 3 levels maximum.
- NOTE: The TreeDataProvider that the
TreeView
is registered with with must implement getParent method to access this API.
TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>
The event that is fired when an element in the TreeView is expanded or collapsed
Properties
Element that is expanded or collapsed.
TreeViewOptions<T>
Options for creating a TreeView
Properties
Whether the tree supports multi-select. When the tree supports multi-select and a command is executed from the tree, the first argument to the command is the tree item that the command was executed on and the second argument is an array containing all selected tree items.
dragAndDropController?: TreeDragAndDropController<T>
An optional interface to implement drag and drop in the tree view.
manageCheckboxStateManually?: boolean
By default, when the children of a tree item have already been fetched, child checkboxes are automatically managed based on the checked state of the parent tree item.
If the tree item is collapsed by default (meaning that the children haven't yet been fetched) then child checkboxes will not be updated.
To override this behavior and manage child and parent checkbox state in the extension, set this to true
.
Examples where TreeViewOptions.manageCheckboxStateManually is false, the default behavior:
A tree item is checked, then its children are fetched. The children will be checked.
A tree item's parent is checked. The tree item and all of it's siblings will be checked.
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2 When the user checks Parent, the tree will look like this:
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2
- A tree item and all of it's siblings are checked. The parent will be checked.
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2 When the user checks Child 1 and Child 2, the tree will look like this:
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2
- A tree item is unchecked. The parent will be unchecked.
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2 When the user unchecks Child 1, the tree will look like this:
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2
Whether to show collapse all action or not.
treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider<T>
A data provider that provides tree data.
TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent<T>
The event that is fired when there is a change in tree view's selection
Properties
Selected elements.
TreeViewVisibilityChangeEvent
The event that is fired when there is a change in tree view's visibility
Properties
true
if the tree view is visible otherwise false
.
TypeDefinitionProvider
The type definition provider defines the contract between extensions and the go to type definition feature.
Methods
provideTypeDefinition(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>
Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]> | A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
TypeHierarchyItem
Represents an item of a type hierarchy, like a class or an interface.
Constructors
new TypeHierarchyItem(kind: SymbolKind, name: string, detail: string, uri: Uri, range: Range, selectionRange: Range): TypeHierarchyItem
Creates a new type hierarchy item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the item. |
name: string | The name of the item. |
detail: string | The details of the item. |
uri: Uri | The Uri of the item. |
range: Range | The whole range of the item. |
selectionRange: Range | The selection range of the item. |
Returns | Description |
TypeHierarchyItem |
Properties
More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.
kind: SymbolKind
The kind of this item.
The name of this item.
range: Range
The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.
selectionRange: Range
The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a class. Must be contained by the range-property.
tags?: readonly Deprecated[]
Tags for this item.
uri: Uri
The resource identifier of this item.
TypeHierarchyProvider
The type hierarchy provider interface describes the contract between extensions and the type hierarchy feature.
Methods
prepareTypeHierarchy(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem | TypeHierarchyItem[]>
Bootstraps type hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given document
and position. This item will be used as entry into the type graph. Providers should
return undefined
or null
when there is no item at the given location.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem | TypeHierarchyItem[]> | One or multiple type hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
provideTypeHierarchySubtypes(item: TypeHierarchyItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]>
Provide all subtypes for an item, e.g all types which are derived/inherited from the given item. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TypeHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which subtypes should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]> | A set of direct subtypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
provideTypeHierarchySupertypes(item: TypeHierarchyItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]>
Provide all supertypes for an item, e.g all types from which a type is derived/inherited. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TypeHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which super types should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]> | A set of direct supertypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
UIKind
Possible kinds of UI that can use extensions.
Enumeration Members
Extensions are accessed from a desktop application.
Extensions are accessed from a web browser.
Uri
A universal resource identifier representing either a file on disk or another resource, like untitled resources.
Static
file(path: string): Uri
Create an URI from a file system path. The scheme
will be file
.
The difference between Uri.parse and Uri.file is that the latter treats the argument
as path, not as stringified-uri. E.g. Uri.file(path)
is not the same as
Uri.parse('file://' + path)
because the path might contain characters that are
interpreted (# and ?). See the following sample:
const good = URI.file('/coding/c#/project1');
good.scheme === 'file';
good.path === '/coding/c#/project1';
good.fragment === '';
const bad = URI.parse('file://' + '/coding/c#/project1');
bad.scheme === 'file';
bad.path === '/coding/c'; // path is now broken
bad.fragment === '/project1';
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
path: string | A file system or UNC path. |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri instance. |
from(components: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string}): Uri
Create an URI from its component parts
See also Uri.toString
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
components: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string} | The component parts of an Uri. |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri instance. |
joinPath(base: Uri, ...pathSegments: string[]): Uri
Create a new uri which path is the result of joining the path of the base uri with the provided path segments.
- Note 1:
joinPath
only affects the path component and all other components (scheme, authority, query, and fragment) are left as they are. - Note 2: The base uri must have a path; an error is thrown otherwise.
The path segments are normalized in the following ways:
- sequences of path separators (
/
or\
) are replaced with a single separator - for
file
-uris on windows, the backslash-character (``) is considered a path-separator - the
..
-segment denotes the parent segment, the.
denotes the current segment - paths have a root which always remains, for instance on windows drive-letters are roots
so that is true:
joinPath(Uri.file('file:///c:/root'), '../../other').fsPath === 'c:/other'
parse(value: string, strict?: boolean): Uri
Create an URI from a string, e.g. http://www.example.com/some/path
,
file:///usr/home
, or scheme:with/path
.
Note that for a while uris without a scheme
were accepted. That is not correct
as all uris should have a scheme. To avoid breakage of existing code the optional
strict
-argument has been added. We strongly advise to use it, e.g. Uri.parse('my:uri', true)
See also Uri.toString
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The string value of an Uri. |
strict?: boolean | Throw an error when |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri instance. |
Constructors
new Uri(scheme: string, authority: string, path: string, query: string, fragment: string): Uri
Use the file
and parse
factory functions to create new Uri
objects.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scheme: string | |
authority: string | |
path: string | |
query: string | |
fragment: string | |
Returns | Description |
Uri |
Properties
Authority is the www.example.com
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
The part between the first double slashes and the next slash.
Fragment is the fragment
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
The string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri.
Will handle UNC paths and normalize windows drive letters to lower-case. Also uses the platform specific path separator.
- Will not validate the path for invalid characters and semantics.
- Will not look at the scheme of this Uri.
- The resulting string shall not be used for display purposes but
for disk operations, like
readFile
et al.
The difference to the path-property is the use of the platform specific path separator and the handling of UNC paths. The sample below outlines the difference:
const u = URI.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt');
u.authority === 'server';
u.path === '/c$/folder/file.txt';
u.fsPath === '\\serverc$\folder\file.txt';
Path is the /some/path
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
Query is the query
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
Scheme is the http
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
The part before the first colon.
Methods
Returns a JSON representation of this Uri.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any | An object. |
toString(skipEncoding?: boolean): string
Returns a string representation of this Uri. The representation and normalization of a URI depends on the scheme.
- The resulting string can be safely used with Uri.parse.
- The resulting string shall not be used for display purposes.
Note that the implementation will encode aggressive which often leads to unexpected,
but not incorrect, results. For instance, colons are encoded to %3A
which might be unexpected
in file-uri. Also &
and =
will be encoded which might be unexpected for http-uris. For stability
reasons this cannot be changed anymore. If you suffer from too aggressive encoding you should use
the skipEncoding
-argument: uri.toString(true)
.
with(change: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string}): Uri
Derive a new Uri from this Uri.
let file = Uri.parse('before:some/file/path');
let other = file.with({ scheme: 'after' });
assert.ok(other.toString() === 'after:some/file/path');
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string} | An object that describes a change to this Uri. To unset components use |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri that reflects the given change. Will return |
UriHandler
A uri handler is responsible for handling system-wide uris.
See also window.registerUriHandler.
Methods
handleUri(uri: Uri): ProviderResult<void>
Handle the provided system-wide Uri.
See also window.registerUriHandler.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<void> |
ViewBadge
A badge presenting a value for a view
Properties
A label to present in tooltip for the badge.
The value to present in the badge.
ViewColumn
Denotes a location of an editor in the window. Editors can be arranged in a grid and each column represents one editor location in that grid by counting the editors in order of their appearance.
Enumeration Members
A symbolic editor column representing the column to the side of the active one. This value
can be used when opening editors, but the resolved viewColumn-value
of editors will always be One
, Two
, Three
,... or undefined
but never Beside
.
A symbolic editor column representing the currently active column. This value
can be used when opening editors, but the resolved viewColumn-value
of editors will always be One
, Two
, Three
,... or undefined
but never Active
.
The first editor column.
The second editor column.
The third editor column.
The fourth editor column.
The fifth editor column.
The sixth editor column.
The seventh editor column.
The eighth editor column.
The ninth editor column.
Webview
Displays html content, similarly to an iframe.
Events
onDidReceiveMessage: Event<any>
Fired when the webview content posts a message.
Webview content can post strings or json serializable objects back to an extension. They cannot
post Blob
, File
, ImageData
and other DOM specific objects since the extension that receives the
message does not run in a browser environment.
Properties
Content security policy source for webview resources.
This is the origin that should be used in a content security policy rule:
`img-src https: ${webview.cspSource} ...;`;
HTML contents of the webview.
This should be a complete, valid html document. Changing this property causes the webview to be reloaded.
Webviews are sandboxed from normal extension process, so all communication with the webview must use
message passing. To send a message from the extension to the webview, use postMessage.
To send message from the webview back to an extension, use the acquireVsCodeApi
function inside the webview
to get a handle to the editor's api and then call .postMessage()
:
<script>
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi(); // acquireVsCodeApi can only be invoked once
vscode.postMessage({ message: 'hello!' });
</script>
To load a resources from the workspace inside a webview, use the asWebviewUri method and ensure the resource's directory is listed in WebviewOptions.localResourceRoots.
Keep in mind that even though webviews are sandboxed, they still allow running scripts and loading arbitrary content, so extensions must follow all standard web security best practices when working with webviews. This includes properly sanitizing all untrusted input (including content from the workspace) and setting a content security policy.
options: WebviewOptions
Content settings for the webview.
Methods
asWebviewUri(localResource: Uri): Uri
Convert a uri for the local file system to one that can be used inside webviews.
Webviews cannot directly load resources from the workspace or local file system using file:
uris. The
asWebviewUri
function takes a local file:
uri and converts it into a uri that can be used inside of
a webview to load the same resource:
webview.html = `<img src="${webview.asWebviewUri(
vscode.Uri.file('/Users/codey/workspace/cat.gif')
)}">`;
postMessage(message: any): Thenable<boolean>
Post a message to the webview content.
Messages are only delivered if the webview is live (either visible or in the
background with retainContextWhenHidden
).
WebviewOptions
Content settings for a webview.
Properties
enableCommandUris?: boolean | readonly string[]
Controls whether command uris are enabled in webview content or not.
Defaults to false
(command uris are disabled).
If you pass in an array, only the commands in the array are allowed.
Controls whether forms are enabled in the webview content or not.
Defaults to true if scripts are enabled. Otherwise defaults to false. Explicitly setting this property to either true or false overrides the default.
Controls whether scripts are enabled in the webview content or not.
Defaults to false (scripts-disabled).
localResourceRoots?: readonly Uri[]
Root paths from which the webview can load local (filesystem) resources using uris from asWebviewUri
Default to the root folders of the current workspace plus the extension's install directory.
Pass in an empty array to disallow access to any local resources.
portMapping?: readonly WebviewPortMapping[]
Mappings of localhost ports used inside the webview.
Port mapping allow webviews to transparently define how localhost ports are resolved. This can be used to allow using a static localhost port inside the webview that is resolved to random port that a service is running on.
If a webview accesses localhost content, we recommend that you specify port mappings even if
the webviewPort
and extensionHostPort
ports are the same.
Note that port mappings only work for http
or https
urls. Websocket urls (e.g. ws://localhost:3000
)
cannot be mapped to another port.
WebviewPanel
A panel that contains a webview.
Events
onDidChangeViewState: Event<WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent>
Fired when the panel's view state changes.
onDidDispose: Event<void>
Fired when the panel is disposed.
This may be because the user closed the panel or because .dispose()
was
called on it.
Trying to use the panel after it has been disposed throws an exception.
Properties
Whether the panel is active (focused by the user).
iconPath?: Uri | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
Icon for the panel shown in UI.
options: WebviewPanelOptions
Content settings for the webview panel.
Title of the panel shown in UI.
viewColumn: ViewColumn
Editor position of the panel. This property is only set if the webview is in one of the editor view columns.
Identifies the type of the webview panel, such as 'markdown.preview'
.
Whether the panel is visible.
webview: Webview
Webview belonging to the panel.
Methods
Dispose of the webview panel.
This closes the panel if it showing and disposes of the resources owned by the webview.
Webview panels are also disposed when the user closes the webview panel. Both cases
fire the onDispose
event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
reveal(viewColumn?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): void
Show the webview panel in a given column.
A webview panel may only show in a single column at a time. If it is already showing, this method moves it to a new column.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewColumn?: ViewColumn | View column to show the panel in. Shows in the current |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
void |
WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent
Event fired when a webview panel's view state changes.
Properties
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel
Webview panel whose view state changed.
WebviewPanelOptions
Content settings for a webview panel.
Properties
Controls if the find widget is enabled in the panel.
Defaults to false
.
retainContextWhenHidden?: boolean
Controls if the webview panel's content (iframe) is kept around even when the panel is no longer visible.
Normally the webview panel's html context is created when the panel becomes visible
and destroyed when it is hidden. Extensions that have complex state
or UI can set the retainContextWhenHidden
to make the editor keep the webview
context around, even when the webview moves to a background tab. When a webview using
retainContextWhenHidden
becomes hidden, its scripts and other dynamic content are suspended.
When the panel becomes visible again, the context is automatically restored
in the exact same state it was in originally. You cannot send messages to a
hidden webview, even with retainContextWhenHidden
enabled.
retainContextWhenHidden
has a high memory overhead and should only be used if
your panel's context cannot be quickly saved and restored.
WebviewPanelSerializer<T>
Restore webview panels that have been persisted when vscode shuts down.
There are two types of webview persistence:
- Persistence within a session.
- Persistence across sessions (across restarts of the editor).
A WebviewPanelSerializer
is only required for the second case: persisting a webview across sessions.
Persistence within a session allows a webview to save its state when it becomes hidden
and restore its content from this state when it becomes visible again. It is powered entirely
by the webview content itself. To save off a persisted state, call acquireVsCodeApi().setState()
with
any json serializable object. To restore the state again, call getState()
// Within the webview
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();
// Get existing state
const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 };
// Update state
setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 });
A WebviewPanelSerializer
extends this persistence across restarts of the editor. When the editor is shutdown,
it will save off the state from setState
of all webviews that have a serializer. When the
webview first becomes visible after the restart, this state is passed to deserializeWebviewPanel
.
The extension can then restore the old WebviewPanel
from this state.
Methods
deserializeWebviewPanel(webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, state: T): Thenable<void>
Restore a webview panel from its serialized state
.
Called when a serialized webview first becomes visible.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | Webview panel to restore. The serializer should take ownership of this panel. The
serializer must restore the webview's |
state: T | Persisted state from the webview content. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable indicating that the webview has been fully restored. |
WebviewPortMapping
Defines a port mapping used for localhost inside the webview.
Properties
Destination port. The webviewPort
is resolved to this port.
Localhost port to remap inside the webview.
WebviewView
A webview based view.
Events
onDidChangeVisibility: Event<void>
Event fired when the visibility of the view changes.
Actions that trigger a visibility change:
- The view is collapsed or expanded.
- The user switches to a different view group in the sidebar or panel.
Note that hiding a view using the context menu instead disposes of the view and fires onDidDispose
.
onDidDispose: Event<void>
Event fired when the view is disposed.
Views are disposed when they are explicitly hidden by a user (this happens when a user right clicks in a view and unchecks the webview view).
Trying to use the view after it has been disposed throws an exception.
Properties
badge?: ViewBadge
The badge to display for this webview view. To remove the badge, set to undefined.
Human-readable string which is rendered less prominently in the title.
View title displayed in the UI.
The view title is initially taken from the extension package.json
contribution.
Identifies the type of the webview view, such as 'hexEditor.dataView'
.
Tracks if the webview is currently visible.
Views are visible when they are on the screen and expanded.
webview: Webview
The underlying webview for the view.
Methods
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
Reveal the view in the UI.
If the view is collapsed, this will expand it.
WebviewViewProvider
Provider for creating WebviewView
elements.
Methods
resolveWebviewView(webviewView: WebviewView, context: WebviewViewResolveContext<unknown>, token: CancellationToken): void | Thenable<void>
Resolves a webview view.
resolveWebviewView
is called when a view first becomes visible. This may happen when the view is
first loaded or when the user hides and then shows a view again.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
webviewView: WebviewView | Webview view to restore. The provider should take ownership of this view. The
provider must set the webview's |
context: WebviewViewResolveContext<unknown> | Additional metadata about the view being resolved. |
token: CancellationToken | Cancellation token indicating that the view being provided is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Optional thenable indicating that the view has been fully resolved. |
WebviewViewResolveContext<T>
Additional information the webview view being resolved.
Properties
Persisted state from the webview content.
To save resources, the editor normally deallocates webview documents (the iframe content) that are not visible.
For example, when the user collapse a view or switches to another top level activity in the sidebar, the
WebviewView
itself is kept alive but the webview's underlying document is deallocated. It is recreated when
the view becomes visible again.
You can prevent this behavior by setting retainContextWhenHidden
in the WebviewOptions
. However this
increases resource usage and should be avoided wherever possible. Instead, you can use persisted state to
save off a webview's state so that it can be quickly recreated as needed.
To save off a persisted state, inside the webview call acquireVsCodeApi().setState()
with
any json serializable object. To restore the state again, call getState()
. For example:
// Within the webview
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();
// Get existing state
const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 };
// Update state
setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 });
The editor ensures that the persisted state is saved correctly when a webview is hidden and across editor restarts.
WindowState
Represents the state of a window.
Properties
Whether the window has been interacted with recently. This will change immediately on activity, or after a short time of user inactivity.
Whether the current window is focused.
WorkspaceConfiguration
Represents the configuration. It is a merged view of
- Default Settings
- Global (User) Settings
- Workspace settings
- Workspace Folder settings - From one of the Workspace Folders under which requested resource belongs to.
- Language settings - Settings defined under requested language.
The effective value (returned by get) is computed by overriding or merging the values in the following order:
defaultValue
(if defined inpackage.json
otherwise derived from the value's type)globalValue
(if defined)workspaceValue
(if defined)workspaceFolderValue
(if defined)defaultLanguageValue
(if defined)globalLanguageValue
(if defined)workspaceLanguageValue
(if defined)workspaceFolderLanguageValue
(if defined)
Note: Only object
value types are merged and all other value types are overridden.
Example 1: Overriding
defaultValue = 'on';
globalValue = 'relative';
workspaceFolderValue = 'off';
value = 'off';
Example 2: Language Values
defaultValue = 'on';
globalValue = 'relative';
workspaceFolderValue = 'off';
globalLanguageValue = 'on';
value = 'on';
Example 3: Object Values
defaultValue = { a: 1, b: 2 };
globalValue = { b: 3, c: 4 };
value = { a: 1, b: 3, c: 4 };
Note: Workspace and Workspace Folder configurations contains launch
and tasks
settings. Their basename will be
part of the section identifier. The following snippets shows how to retrieve all configurations
from launch.json
:
// launch.json configuration
const config = workspace.getConfiguration(
'launch',
vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0].uri
);
// retrieve values
const values = config.get('configurations');
Refer to Settings for more information.
Methods
Return a value from this configuration.
get<T>(section: string, defaultValue: T): T
Return a value from this configuration.
Check if this configuration has a certain value.
inspect<T>(section: string): {defaultLanguageValue: T, defaultValue: T, globalLanguageValue: T, globalValue: T, key: string, languageIds: string[], workspaceFolderLanguageValue: T, workspaceFolderValue: T, workspaceLanguageValue: T, workspaceValue: T}
Retrieve all information about a configuration setting. A configuration value often consists of a default value, a global or installation-wide value, a workspace-specific value, folder-specific value and language-specific values (if WorkspaceConfiguration is scoped to a language).
Also provides all language ids under which the given configuration setting is defined.
Note: The configuration name must denote a leaf in the configuration tree
(editor.fontSize
vs editor
) otherwise no result is returned.
update(section: string, value: any, configurationTarget?: boolean | ConfigurationTarget, overrideInLanguage?: boolean): Thenable<void>
Update a configuration value. The updated configuration values are persisted.
A value can be changed in
- Global settings: Changes the value for all instances of the editor.
- Workspace settings: Changes the value for current workspace, if available.
- Workspace folder settings: Changes the value for settings from one of the Workspace Folders under which the requested resource belongs to.
- Language settings: Changes the value for the requested languageId.
Note: To remove a configuration value use undefined
, like so: config.update('somekey', undefined)
- throws - error while updating
- configuration which is not registered.
- window configuration to workspace folder
- configuration to workspace or workspace folder when no workspace is opened.
- configuration to workspace folder when there is no workspace folder settings.
- configuration to workspace folder when WorkspaceConfiguration is not scoped to a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section: string | Configuration name, supports dotted names. |
value: any | The new value. |
configurationTarget?: boolean | ConfigurationTarget | The configuration target or a boolean value.
- If |
overrideInLanguage?: boolean | Whether to update the value in the scope of requested languageId or not.
- If |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
WorkspaceEdit
A workspace edit is a collection of textual and files changes for multiple resources and documents.
Use the applyEdit-function to apply a workspace edit.
Constructors
new WorkspaceEdit(): WorkspaceEdit
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
WorkspaceEdit |
Properties
The number of affected resources of textual or resource changes.
Methods
createFile(uri: Uri, options?: {contents: Uint8Array | DataTransferFile, ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean}, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void
Create a regular file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Uri of the new file. |
options?: {contents: Uint8Array | DataTransferFile, ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean} | Defines if an existing file should be overwritten or be
ignored. When |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
delete(uri: Uri, range: Range, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void
Delete the text at the given range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
range: Range | A range. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
deleteFile(uri: Uri, options?: {ignoreIfNotExists: boolean, recursive: boolean}, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void
Delete a file or folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file that is to be deleted. |
options?: {ignoreIfNotExists: boolean, recursive: boolean} | |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
entries(): Array<[Uri, TextEdit[]]>
Get all text edits grouped by resource.
Get the text edits for a resource.
has(uri: Uri): boolean
Check if a text edit for a resource exists.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
insert(uri: Uri, position: Position, newText: string, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void
Insert the given text at the given position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
position: Position | A position. |
newText: string | A string. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
renameFile(oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri, options?: {ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean}, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void
Rename a file or folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
oldUri: Uri | The existing file. |
newUri: Uri | The new location. |
options?: {ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean} | Defines if existing files should be overwritten or be ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
replace(uri: Uri, range: Range, newText: string, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void
Replace the given range with given text for the given resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
range: Range | A range. |
newText: string | A string. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
set(uri: Uri, edits: ReadonlyArray<TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit>): void
Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: ReadonlyArray<TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit> | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
set(uri: Uri, edits: ReadonlyArray<[TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]>): void
Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits with metadata for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: ReadonlyArray<[TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]> | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
set(uri: Uri, edits: readonly NotebookEdit[]): void
Set (and replace) notebook edits for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: readonly NotebookEdit[] | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
set(uri: Uri, edits: ReadonlyArray<[NotebookEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]>): void
Set (and replace) notebook edits with metadata for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: ReadonlyArray<[NotebookEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]> | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata
Additional data for entries of a workspace edit. Supports to label entries and marks entries as needing confirmation by the user. The editor groups edits with equal labels into tree nodes, for instance all edits labelled with "Changes in Strings" would be a tree node.
Properties
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent on the same line.
iconPath?: Uri | ThemeIcon | {dark: Uri, light: Uri}
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the edit.
A human-readable string which is rendered prominent.
A flag which indicates that user confirmation is needed.
WorkspaceEditMetadata
Additional data about a workspace edit.
Properties
Signal to the editor that this edit is a refactoring.
WorkspaceFolder
A workspace folder is one of potentially many roots opened by the editor. All workspace folders are equal which means there is no notion of an active or primary workspace folder.
Properties
The ordinal number of this workspace folder.
The name of this workspace folder. Defaults to the basename of its uri-path
uri: Uri
The associated uri for this workspace folder.
Note: The Uri-type was intentionally chosen such that future releases of the editor can support
workspace folders that are not stored on the local disk, e.g. ftp://server/workspaces/foo
.
WorkspaceFolderPickOptions
Options to configure the behaviour of the workspace folder pick UI.
Properties
Set to true
to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.
WorkspaceFoldersChangeEvent
An event describing a change to the set of workspace folders.
Properties
added: readonly WorkspaceFolder[]
Added workspace folders.
removed: readonly WorkspaceFolder[]
Removed workspace folders.
WorkspaceSymbolProvider<T>
The workspace symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and the symbol search-feature.
Methods
provideWorkspaceSymbols(query: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T[]>
Project-wide search for a symbol matching the given query string.
The query
-parameter should be interpreted in a relaxed way as the editor will apply its own highlighting
and scoring on the results. A good rule of thumb is to match case-insensitive and to simply check that the
characters of query appear in their order in a candidate symbol. Don't use prefix, substring, or similar
strict matching.
To improve performance implementors can implement resolveWorkspaceSymbol
and then provide symbols with partial
location-objects, without a range
defined. The editor will then call
resolveWorkspaceSymbol
for selected symbols only, e.g. when opening a workspace symbol.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
query: string | A query string, can be the empty string in which case all symbols should be returned. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
resolveWorkspaceSymbol(symbol: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>
Given a symbol fill in its location. This method is called whenever a symbol is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete symbols from provideWorkspaceSymbols which often helps to improve performance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
symbol: T | The symbol that is to be resolved. Guaranteed to be an instance of an object returned from an
earlier call to |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved symbol or a thenable that resolves to that. When no result is returned,
the given |
API Patterns
These are some of the common patterns we use in the VS Code API.
Promises
The VS Code API represents asynchronous operations with promises. From extensions, any type of promise can be returned, like ES6, WinJS, A+, etc.
Being independent of a specific promise library is expressed in the API by the Thenable
-type. Thenable
represents the common denominator which is the then method.
In most cases the use of promises is optional and when VS Code calls into an extension, it can handle the result type as well as a Thenable
of the result type. When the use of a promise is optional, the API indicates this by returning or
-types.
provideNumber(): number | Thenable<number>
Cancellation Tokens
Often operations are started on volatile state which changes before operations can finish. For instance, computing IntelliSense starts and the user continues to type making the result of that operation obsolete.
APIs that are exposed to such behavior will get passed a CancellationToken
on which you can check for cancellation (isCancellationRequested
) or get notified when cancellation occurs (onCancellationRequested
). The cancellation token is usually the last parameter of a function call and optional.
Disposables
The VS Code API uses the dispose pattern for resources that are obtained from VS Code. This applies to event listening, commands, interacting with the UI, and various language contributions.
For instance, the setStatusBarMessage(value: string)
function returns a Disposable
which upon calling dispose
removes the message again.
Events
Events in the VS Code API are exposed as functions which you call with a listener-function to subscribe. Calls to subscribe return a Disposable
which removes the event listener upon dispose.
var listener = function(event) {
console.log('It happened', event);
};
// start listening
var subscription = fsWatcher.onDidDelete(listener);
// do more stuff
subscription.dispose(); // stop listening
Names of events follow the on[Will|Did]VerbNoun?
pattern. The name signals if the event is going to happen (onWill) or already happened (onDid), what happened (verb), and the context (noun) unless obvious from the context.
An example from the VS Code API is window.onDidChangeActiveTextEditor
which is an event fired when the active text editor (noun) has been (onDid) changed (verb).
Strict null
The VS Code API uses the undefined
and null
TypeScript types where appropriate to support strict null checking.
Namespace for authentication.